Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Financial - Credit Services / PRA Group, Inc.

PRA Group, Inc.

praa · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker praa
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Financial - Credit Services
Employees 2991
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · PRA Group, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
s e t t i n g   t h e   b a r.
s e t t i n g   t h e   r e c o r d.

2 0 10   A n n u a l   R e p o r t

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.

Without the services we provide, the consumer credit  

market cannot function. by making disciplined investments  

in people, processes and portfolios, Portfolio recovery 

associates is achieving record financial and operating 

results. by adhering to rigorous standards in the conduct 

of our business, we are setting the bar higher for the entire 

debt buying and collection industry.

Steve Fredrickson
chairman, President and chief executive officer
Portfolio recovery associates, inc.

Portfolio recovery AssociAtes, inc.,
through its subsidiaries, purchases and manages portfolios of defaulted consumer 

receivables. It also provides a broad range of accounts receivable man agement  

services to lenders, service providers, governments, and others. The Company  

combines a disciplined approach to portfolio acquisitions with a long-term view of  

collections, a commitment to customer service and continuous innovation. We have 

created a rewarding organization for our employees, who produce exceptional results 

for our investors and clients alike.

PRA began operations in 1996 and has been a public company since November 2002. 

Since our initial public offering, our purchased portfolio has increased to $54.8 billion 

from $5.1 billion in face value, and our earnings have increased to $4.35 per diluted 

share from $0.94. At year-end 2010, we employed 2,473 people on a full-time basis in 

ten office locations from New Jersey to California.

1

L e t t e r   t o   S h a r e h oL d e r S

Last year was an exceptional period for our com-
pany. We shattered our previous milestones for cash  
collections, revenue and net income, setting new 
records. Cash collections in 2010 grew by 44% from 
2009, revenue by 33%, and net income by 66%. 
Additionally, we completed a successful equity 
offering in February; acquired a great new fee-for-
service business, Claims Compensation Bureau,  
in March; made a record $367 million in portfolio 
purchases throughout the year; and closed on a 
new, expanded line of credit (for $407 million) in 
December. It was a year of accomplishment like 
none before.

Our success in 2010 resulted from a great deal  
of work and investment in people, processes and 
portfolios during prior years. Besides gaining opera-
tional strength, we have forged an excellent team, 
from our collection representatives to our statisti-
cians, analysts and IT professionals to our managers, 
supervisors and executives. Our team is not only 
strong but deep, with an incredible bench of smart, 
committed employees looking to advance our perfor-
mance. With these considerable assets, we expect 
to continue producing strong results in the future.

Our 2010 growth was strongly driven by our bank-
ruptcy business, which increased its cash collections 
by $100 million, or 116%, from 2009. This success 
was no accident. Since entering the bankruptcy 
market in 2004, we have invested considerable time 
and resources in the business. We have made a 
significant commitment to building what we believe 
is one of the most robust systems in existence for 
efficiently and accurately processing bankruptcy 
claims. Even before starting operations in 2004, we 
had spent nearly two years working on our models 
and processes. We then began to purchase steadily 

larger pools of bankrupt accounts, especially after 
2007. In 2008 and 2009—when the bankruptcy 
market was disrupted by the global financial crisis, 
and the disruption was exacerbated by lack of  
capital in the financial markets and concerns over 
changing rules for bankrupt assets—PRA continued 
to bid for bankrupt accounts by carefully analyzing 
and underwriting for current and potential risks. As 
a result, we won a significant amount of business 
when others feared to venture forth. That business 
has turned out to be very successful. Last year, 
repeating what we did in 2009, we invested more in 
bankrupt accounts ($217 million) than in charged-off 
accounts ($150 million). 

Our core business—buying charged-off consumer 
debt—also performed well in 2010. We increased 
purchases by 19% from 2009, and achieved a 22% 
increase in cash collections. Despite the economy, 
our 2009 and 2010 investments look particularly 
strong, while our older pools are performing nicely, 
aided by ever-improving scoring and collection strat-
egies. In both the bankruptcy and charged-off-debt 
markets, we did see prices move up substantially 
during 2010 as competition increased and available 
inventory remained stable. However, we continue to 
enjoy a significant competitive advantage because 
of our ability to underwrite accurately and to collect 
cash from portfolios efficiently.

During 2010, we began to apply to our fee-for-service 
businesses the advanced analytics and sophisticated 
operating processes developed in our debt-purchase 
business. Our goal is to deliver superior results to our 
clients while we realize more net income from every 
revenue dollar. Frankly, during 2010, the vehicle lo ca-
tion and government services businesses did not 
meet our expectations. We have made numerous 

2

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. — 2010 Annual Report

management changes in both businesses, and we 
are diligently employing process and technology 
resources that have served us well in the debt- 
purchase business. Our fee businesses offer oppor-
tunities for solid growth without significant capital 
investment, and we are focusing on developing 
them into highly profitable, sustainable enterprises 
over the long term.

I strongly believe that intelligent diversification is a 
key to Portfolio Recovery Associates’ continuing 
success. This belief is what led us to enter the 
bankruptcy market, though we knew at the onset 
that patience would be required to achieve significant 
success, and it is what is guiding us now in building 
an impressive portfolio of fee-for-service businesses. 
Ultimately, building a diverse group of enterprises 
selling to different markets and exposed to different 
economic and pricing cycles should enable us to 
deliver superior long-term results through a wide 
variety of conditions.

Regulation and compliance continued to be front-
burner items for us throughout 2010. Although 
nothing specific to our industry has yet emerged 
from the newly created Consumer Financial Protection 
Bureau, it is clear that additional regulation of the 
industry is likely. We believe PRA is an industry leader 
in the compliant conduct of all aspects of collection 
operations, including the litigation process. In handling 
and reviewing account documentation, we employ 
what we believe are rigorous, industry-leading stan-
dards. We continue to study and refine them, setting 
the bar even higher for the industry. During 2010, 
this included making a significant investment in 
technology that provides sophisticated speech  
analytics for all telephone conversations, to ensure 
that we’re in compliance with PRA’s policies and 
procedures as well as industry standards.

Steve Fredrickson
Chairman, President  
and Chief Executive Officer

Unfortunately, the proliferation of blogs and other 
social media outlets has spawned a number of 
one-sided, often misguided, and frequently unsub-
stantiated posts or stories about the debt-purchase 
industry. Some of those posts have mentioned PRA. 
The irresponsible, and many times outright inac cu-
rate, views expressed have even leaked into the 
traditional press. The fact is that the debt-purchase 
business plays a critical role in the consumer credit 
industry that is so essential to the health of the U.S. 
economy. Without a reasonable and well-run enforce-
ment mechanism, the consumer credit market  
cannot function. PRA and firms like it in the collection 
industry work every day with defaulted consumers 
to voluntarily resolve unpaid bills. Although litigation 
is never our first choice for enforcing a debt, when 
we go down this path we take great care to ensure 
proper service, documentation, balances, and venue.

Our challenge for 2011 is to carry forward the fabu-
lous momentum we developed in 2010. We seek to 
strengthen the operations and sales capabilities of 
our fee-for-service businesses, while leveraging our 
expertise and market position in both bankruptcy 
and core debt purchases. Thank you for your con-
tinued support of PRA through your ownership of 
our stock. I assure you that the employees at 
Portfolio Recovery Associates are working very hard 
to maximize your investment and retain your trust.

Sincerely,

Steve Fredrickson
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

3

C o r e   a S S e t   p u r C h a S i n g

our core Asset Purchasing business 
achieved a record number of customer 
payments in 2010, reflecting robust pur-
chasing activity and record productivity.

PRA’s Core Asset Purchasing business con-

a 19% increase over our investment in 2009. 

sists of buying and collecting upon portfolios 

Our collections activities progressed as well. 

of non-bankrupt, distressed consumer receiv-

Our amplified call and letter activity yielded 

ables that credit grantors have charged off. 

4.4 million payments from customers—a 

Our collection processes fulfill a dual goal  

number that was up 63% from 2009. Fueling 

of reaching fair payment solutions for our  

this collections success were the skill and 

customers and optimizing portfolio value for 

dedication of our team, our best-in-class  

shareholders. During 2010, PRA signed a 

statistical modeling, and our ongoing invest-

record number of core forward flow agree-

ments in key technologies and capabilities, 

ments, through which credit grantors sell us 

such as our internal legal collections opera-

similar portfolios on a regular basis. This new 

tions, that let us capture additional margin  

business allowed PRA to invest $150 million 

and exert greater control over the quality  

in core assets during the year, representing  

of work done.

4

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. — 2010 Annual Report

5

B a n k r u p t C y   S e r v i C e S

Bankruptcy services set new records  
in 2010 with significant increases in both 
investment and collections.

A substantial portion of PRA’s debt-purchasing 

totaled $187 million, a 116% increase. Both 

business consists of the acquisition of bankrupt 

totals were new records for the Company. 

accounts. The business continues to build  

Purchases of bankrupt accounts represented 

on extensive experience managing bankrupt 

59% of PRA’s total investment in debt last 

accounts, leveraging its strong relationships 

year, and collections from bankrupt accounts 

with bankruptcy trustees and courts, our 

represented 35% of total cash collections. 

experienced bankruptcy staff, and a fully  

Bankrupt accounts that PRA acquires are pri-

integrated proprietary bankrupt account  

marily unsecured claims included in Chapter 

management system (BMS) to maximize  

13 bankruptcy cases. With its recent invest-

the profitability of Bankruptcy Services. Last 

ments in purchased portfolios, constantly 

year, the Bankruptcy Services business con-

improving underwriting expertise, and opera-

tinued to be a strong growth engine for PRA. 

tional efficiency and scale, PRA’s Bankruptcy 

Bankruptcy Services’ investment in purchased 

Services business is well positioned to pro-

bankrupt accounts totaled $217 million, a 

duce con tinued growth in its cash collections 

34% increase over the $163 million invested 

and income contribution.

in 2009, and the business’s cash collections  

6

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. — 2010 Annual Report

7

i g S

iGs continues to be the market leader  
in timely and efficient resolution of  
the most challenging cases assigned  
to asset locators by auto lenders and  
insurance companies.

IGS is a fee-for-service business that finds, 

coordinating a nationwide network of recov-

recovers and transports vehicles. Clients 

ery agents, IGS efficiently performs these 

include auto finance and insurance compa-

location and transportation services for cli-

nies that need to secure their collateral or 

ents. IGS can customize solutions for individ-

property. Auto finance com panies must locate 

ual clients to fit particular needs. The 

vehicles—or the borrowers—when borrowers 

business plans to further expand its client 

have stopped making payments on their 

base by identifying other entities that need  

loans. Insurance companies need to locate 

to find vehicles, and will continue to heavily 

vehicles they have underwritten that are sto-

invest in people, processes and technology  

len. If the vehicles are in impound yards, lien 

to remain the market leader in this field.  

holders need to recover them before the vehi-

Bold steps recently were taken to bolster the 

cles are sold to pay fines and fees. Using the 

vehicle location business and the business 

latest data and call center technologies and 

was renamed PRA Location Services, LLC.

8

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. — 2010 Annual Report

9

g o v e r n m e n t   S e r v i C e S

PrA Government services is an industry-
leading provider of revenue-enhancement 
assistance to government clients across 
the United states.

PRA Government Services (PRA-GS) helps 

information services, and administration of 

government clients manage revenue processes 

permits and licenses. PRA-GS also helps cli-

that enable them to provide services to their 

ents avoid indirect legacy costs, such as out-

constituents. Effective revenue management 

dated software, systems and tax administrative 

contributes more operating resources to  

processes associated with hiring staff, to 

governments, helping to avoid raising taxes. 

accomplish additional revenue recovery and 

PRA-GS, which has more than 760 distinct 

ancillary tasks. PRA-GS has processed more 

client relationships, can manage all of the  

than $800 million in tax revenue annually, 

client’s revenue proc esses through its com-

recovered more than $1 billion in new revenue 

plete tax management program, or it can  

during the past 30 years, and helped public 

provide individual services on an ad hoc 

sector clients avoid the loss of billions of dollars. 

basis. Services include tax compliance and 

PRA-GS gives government clients an inex-

auditing, identification and correction of tax 

pensive way to attain best-in-class revenue 

misallocations, discovery and collection of 

administration without incurring the upfront 

taxes due, economic development consulting, 

costs and the back-end legacy liabilities.

10

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. — 2010 Annual Report

11

C L a i m S   C o m p e n S a t i o n   B u r e a u ,   L L C

A pioneer in its field, claims compensation 
Bureau, llc specializes in recovering funds 
and processing payments due to its clients 
under class action claims settlements.

A leading provider of class action claims  

settlement funds. CCB then audits recoveries 

services to corporate clients, and one of the 

and interacts with the claims administrators  

only such providers that handle both securi-

to make sure the client receives all amounts 

ties and antitrust class action cases, Claims 

due. CCB’s process ena bles clients to maxi-

Compen sation Bureau, LLC (CCB) has been 

mize settlement recoveries, in many cases  

pioneering since its start in 1996. Portfolio 

by participating in settlements clients may  

Recovery Associates acquired controlling 

not have been aware of otherwise. CCB’s  

interest in CCB in March 2010. CCB compre-

client base consists of Fortune 500 compa-

hensively monitors class action cases and, 

nies and large securities trading firms such  

working with the client, identifies those in 

as banks, hedge funds and other financial 

which the client is eligible to participate. CCB 

institutions. If clients choose to monetize their 

prepares the filing and submits the claim to 

assets, CCB can purchase potential claims 

the class action claims administrator charged 

from them before the claims are filed or dis-

with processing payments and disbursing 

bursements made.

12

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. — 2010 Annual Report

13

F i n a n C i a L   h i g h L i g h t S

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

2008

2009

2010

Revenues

Operating income

Net income

Diluted earnings per share

$ 263,275

$ 281,091

$372,706

$  84,837

$  80,609

$129,862

$  45,362

$  44,306

$ 73,871

$ 

2.97

$ 

2.87

$

4.35

Weighted-average shares (diluted)

15,292

15,454

16,885

Operating margin

Net margin

Return on average equity

Finance receivables, net

Total assets

Total debt

Stockholders’ equity

32.2%

17.2%

17.3%

28.7%

15.8%

14.3%

34.8%

19.8%

16.6%

$ 563,830

$ 693,462

$831,330

$ 657,840

$ 794,433

$995,908

$ 268,305

$ 320,799

$302,396

$ 283,863

$ 335,480

$490,516

Portfolio Purchases by Year
($ in millions)

Owned Portfolio Cash Collections 
Per Purchase Period ($ in millions)

367

289

280

264

150

112

62

61

42

33

25

19

00

02

04

06

08

10

83

96

12

98

$600

500

400

300

200

100

0

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

600000

500000

400000

300000

200000

100000

0

96

97

98

99

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

a96

a97

a98

a99

a00

a01

a02

a03

a04

a05

a06

a07

a08

a09

a10

a96

a97

a98

a99

a00

a01

a02

a03

a04

a05

a06

a07

a08

a09

a10

14

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. — 2010 Annual Report

a10

a09

a08

a07

a06

a05

a04

a03

a02

a01

a00

a99

a98

a97

a96

Cash Receipts
($ in millions)

Return on Equity
(in percent)

Net Finance Receivables
($ in millions)

592

19.8

17.3

16.6

14.3

433

383

298

831

693

564

410

07

08

09

10

07

08

09

10

07

08

09

10

Cash Receipts

($ in millions)

Return on Equity

(in percent)

Net Finance Receivables

($ in millions)

Net Income
($ in millions)

Annual Revenue
($ in millions)

Stockholders’ Equity
($ in millions)

74

373

491

48

45

44

281

263

221

335

284

235

07

08

09

10

07

08

09

10

07

08

09

10

Net Income

($ in millions)

Annual Revenue

($ in millions)

Shareholder’s Equity

($ in millions)

Investment Percentage by Paper Type

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

20

15

10

5

0

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

1000

800

600

400

200

0

500

400

300

200

100

0

100

80

60

40

20

0

Warehouse
Tertiary

Secondary
Quad/Quint

Primary
Paying

Mixed
Legal/Judgment

Fresh
BK Trustees

96

97

98

99

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

15

a96

a97

a98

a99

a00

a01

a02

a03

a04

a05

a06

a07

a08

a09

a10

100

80

60

40

20

0

g i v i n g   B a C k   t o   t h e   C o m m u n i t y

Portfolio Recovery Associates continued its long-standing 
tradition of giving back to the community in 2010, and set 
a Company record in the community-involvement area  
as well. It was in 2010 that PRA surpassed the $1 million 
mark for charitable contributions made since 2004.

“Throughout the years we have been in business, PRA 
has demonstrated a commitment to helping others and 
enriching the places we call home across the country,” 
said Steve Fredrickson, PRA chairman, president and 
chief executive officer.

PRA gives back deeply and widely to communities 
through monetary giving, corporate sponsorships, a 
matching gift program, in-kind donations, executive 
appointments to non-profit boards and committees,  
and employee volunteerism.

Last year, PRA and its employees contributed to and  
participated in events that generated money for more 
than 100 organizations, provided nearly 7,300 pounds  
of food to food banks, and supplied 410 pints of blood.

PRA and its employees also donated more than $57,000 
to the American Red Cross of Southeastern Virginia for 
relief efforts in Haiti.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

1  PRA Tennessee Regional Office employee Mallory Cole installs drywall with Jackson-Madison County Habitat for Humanity in March 2010.  2  In July 2010, 

PRA Tennessee Regional Office employee Sean Printy places phone calls to collect money for the St. Jude Children’s Research Hospital.  3  PRA Norfolk Home 

Office employees and families participate in the Ocean Conservancy International Coastal Cleanup in October 2010 at the Rudee Inlet near the Virginia Beach 

oceanfront.  4  PRA Kansas Regional Office employees load more than 3,000 pounds of food collected for the Food Bank of Reno County in October 2010. 

5  IGS employees participate in a food drive benefitting Catholic Charities of Southern Nevada in 2010, as they have done annually.  6  More than 50 PRA 

Norfolk Home Office and Hampton Regional Office employees participate in the St. Mary’s Home for Disabled Children 5K Walk held October 2010 in Norfolk. 

7  Government Services and PRA Birmingham Regional Office employees prepare food for a luncheon served to the First Light Women’s Shelter, a center for 

homeless women and children in the Birmingham area, for Health Day in July 2010.

16

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. — 2010 Annual Report

P o r t f o l i o   R e c o v e r y   A s s o c i a t e s ,   I n c .

2 0 1 0   F i n a n c i a l   i n F o r m at i o n

F O R W A R D - L O O K I N G   S T A T E M E N T S

Certain statements in this Annual Report which are not historical, including statements of the Company’s Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer,  
in  his  letter  which  begins,  “Letter  to  Shareholders,”  including,  without  limitation,  regarding  earnings,  financial  results,  the  outlook  for  the  economy,  
management’s  intentions,  beliefs  and  expectations,  growth  opportunities,  business  prospects,  projections,  plans  or  predictions  for  the  future,  and  other 
similar  matters,  are  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  Section  21(e)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.  Such  statements  are  not  
statements of historical fact. Forward-looking statements involve assumptions, uncertainties and risks, some of which are not currently known to us, which 
could cause the Company’s results to differ materially from its management’s current expectations. Actual events or results may differ from those expressed 
or implied in any such forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, many of which are beyond our control, which could affect our operations, 
performance,  business  strategy  and  results,  and  could  cause  our  experience  to  differ  materially  from  the  expectations  and  objectives  expressed  in  any 
forward-looking statements. These factors include, but are not limited to, the factors, risks and uncertainties that are described from time to time in the 
Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including but not limited to, its Annual Reports on Form 10-K, its Quarterly Reports on 
Form 10-Q and its Current Reports on Form 8-K, which contain more detailed discussions of the Company’s business, including risks and uncertainties that 
may affect our future.

Due to such uncertainties and risks, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the dates 
on which they are made. The content of this Annual Report includes time-sensitive information, and is accurate as of the date hereof, April 27, 2011. The 
Company expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein, 
any changes in the Company’s expectations with regard thereto, or the impact of circumstances, events or conditions that may arise after the dates such 
statements are made. The reader should, however, consult any further disclosures we may make in future Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports 
on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, which we may file after the date hereof.

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

   X    

ANNUAL  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13  OR  15(d)  OF  THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE  ACT  OF 
1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT  TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 
OF 1934 

For the transition period from ______ to __________ 

Commission File Number:  000-50058 

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
 (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 

(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

120 Corporate Boulevard, Norfolk, Virginia 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

75-3078675 
(I.R.S.  Employer 
Identification No.) 

23502 
 (Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  (888) 772-7326 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:   
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share 
(Title of Class) 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the 

Securities Act.                                                YES  (cid:59)     NO (cid:133)        

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15 (d) 

of the Act.  

   YES  (cid:133)      NO (cid:59) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 
15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that 
the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 
90 days. 

    YES (cid:59)      NO (cid:133)   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web 
site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-
T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post 
  YES  (cid:59)       NO (cid:133)      
such files).                                      
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not 

contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or 
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment of this Form 
10-K.  (cid:133) 
       Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  or  a  non-
accelerated filer.  See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” 
   Large  accelerated  filer  (cid:59)  Accelerated  filer  (cid:133)  Non-accelerated  filer  (cid:133) 
in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
Smaller reporting company (cid:133).  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  

       YES (cid:133)      NO (cid:59) 

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2010 

was $1,109,804,772 based on the $66.78 closing price as reported on the NASDAQ Global Stock Market. 

 The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of February 18, 2011 was 

17,104,930. 

Documents incorporated by reference: Portions of the Proxy Statement to be filed by approximately April 
20, 2011 for our 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Items 10, 11, 12, 13 
and 14 of Part III of this Form 10-K. 

1 

 
 
 
 
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Part I 
Item 1.  Business 
Item 1A.  Risk Factors 
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 
Item 2.   Properties  
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings 
Item 4. 

(Removed and Reserved)   

Part II 
Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters 

and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   
Selected Financial Data 

Item 6. 
Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results  

of Operations 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk  
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and  

Financial Disclosure   

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 
Item 9B.  Other Information 

Part III 
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Item 11.  Executive Compensation 
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and 

Related Stockholder Matters 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Part IV 
Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

Signatures  
Exhibit List 

  4 
18 
25 
26 
26 
27 

27 
29 

32 
56 
57 

87 
87 
90 

90 
90 

90 
90 
90 

91 

93 

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cautionary  Statements  Pursuant  to  Safe  Harbor  Provisions  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform 
Act of 1995: 

This  report  contains  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  federal  securities  laws.  These 
forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that, if they materialize or not, or prove 
incorrect, could cause our results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking 
statements.  All  statements,  other  than  statements  of  historical  fact,  are  forward-looking  statements,  including 
statements  regarding  overall  trends,  operating  cost  trends,  liquidity  and  capital  needs  and  other  statements  of 
expectations, beliefs, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends, and similar expressions concerning 
matters that are not historical facts.  The risks, uncertainties and assumptions referred to above may include, but 
are not limited to, the following: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

deterioration in the economic or inflationary environment in the United States, including the interest rate 
environment,  that may have an adverse effect on our collections,  results of operations, revenue and 
stock price or on the stability of the financial system as a whole; 

our ability to purchase defaulted consumer receivables at appropriate prices and to replace our defaulted 
consumer receivables with additional receivables portfolios; 

our  ability  to  obtain  account  documents  relating  to  accounts  that  we  acquire  and  the  possibility  that 
account documents that we obtain could contain errors; 

our ability to successfully acquire receivables of new asset types or implement a new pricing structure; 

changes  in  the  business  practices  of  credit  originators  in  terms  of  selling  defaulted  consumer 
receivables; 

changes in government regulations that affect our ability to collect sufficient amounts on our defaulted 
consumer receivables; 

changes in or interpretation of tax laws or adverse results of tax audits; 

changes in bankruptcy or collection laws that could negatively affect our business, including by causing 
an increase in certain types of bankruptcy filings involving liquidations, which may cause our 
collections to decrease; 

our ability to employ and retain qualified employees, especially collection personnel, and our senior 
management team; 

our work force could become unionized in the future, which could adversely affect the stability of our 
production and increase our costs; 

changes in the credit or capital markets, which affect our ability to borrow money or raise capital; 

the degree and nature of our competition; 

our ability to retain existing clients and obtain new clients for our fee-for-service businesses; 

our ability to obtain necessary account documents from sellers of defaulted consumer receivables, which 
could negatively impact our collections; 

our ability to comply with regulations of the collection industry; 

our ability to successfully operate and/or integrate new business acquisitions; 

our ability to maintain, renegotiate or replace our credit facility; 

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

our ability to satisfy the restrictive covenants in our debt agreements; 

the imposition of additional taxes on us; 

the possibility that we could incur significant valuation allowance charges; 

our ability to manage growth successfully; 

the possibility that we could incur business or technology disruptions, or not adapt to technological 
advances; 

the possibility that we or our industry could experience negative publicity or reputational attacks; 

the sufficiency of our funds generated from operations, existing cash and available borrowings to 
finance   our current operations; and 

the risk factors listed from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the 
“SEC”). 

You should assume that the information appearing in this annual report is accurate only as of the date it was 

issued. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. 

For a discussion of the risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could affect our future events, developments 
or results, you should carefully review the “ Risk Factors” section beginning on page 18, as well as “Business” 
section beginning on page 4 and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results 
of Operations” section beginning on page 32. 

  Our  forward-looking  statements  could  be  wrong  in  light  of  these  and  other  risks,  uncertainties  and 
assumptions. The future events, developments or results described in this report could turn out to be materially 
different. We have no obligation to publicly update or revise our forward-looking statements after the date of this 
annual report and you should not expect us to do so. 

  Investors should also be aware that while we do, from time to time, communicate with securities analysts 
and  others,  we  do  not,  by  policy,  selectively  disclose  to  them  any  material  nonpublic  information  or  other 
confidential  commercial  information.  Accordingly,  stockholders  should  not  assume  that  we  agree  with  any 
statement  or  report  issued  by  any  analyst  regardless  of  the  content  of  the  statement  or  report.  We  do  not,  by 
policy,  confirm  forecasts  or  projections  issued  by  others.  Thus,  to  the  extent  that  reports  issued  by  securities 
analysts contain any projections, forecasts or opinions, such reports are not our responsibility. 

Item 1.  Business. 

General 

PART I 

Our  business  focuses  upon  the  detection,  collection,  and  processing  of  both  unpaid  and  normal-course 
accounts receivable originally owed to credit grantors, governments, retailers and others.  Our primary business 
is the purchase, collection and management of portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. These are the unpaid 
obligations  of  individuals  to  credit  originators,  which  include  banks,  credit  unions,  consumer  and  auto  finance 
companies  and  retail  merchants.  We  also  provide  fee-based  services,  including  collateral-location  services  for 
credit  originators  via  PRA  Location  Services,  LLC  (“IGS”),  revenue  administration,  audit  and  debt 
discovery/recovery services for government entities through both PRA Government Services, LLC (“RDS”) and 
MuniServices, LLC (“MuniServices”) and class action claims recovery service and related payment processing 
via  Claims  Compensation  Bureau,  LLC  (“CCB”).    We  believe  that  the  strengths  of  our  business  are  our 
sophisticated  approach  to  portfolio  pricing,  segmentation  and  servicing,  our  emphasis  on  developing  and 
retaining  our  collection  personnel,  our  sophisticated  processing  systems  and  procedures  and  our  relationships 
with many of the largest consumer lenders in the United States.  

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We use the following terminology throughout our reports:   

• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 

• 

• 
• 

“Amortization” refers to cash collections applied to principal on finance receivables. 
“Amortization  Rate”  refers  to  cash  collections  applied  to  principal  on  finance  receivables  as  a 
percentage of total cash collections.  
“Buybacks” refers to purchase price refunded by the seller due to the return of non-compliant accounts. 
“Cash Collections” refers to collections on our owned portfolios only, exclusive of fee income.   
“Cash Receipts” refers to collections on our owned portfolios together with fee income.   
“Core” accounts or portfolios refer to accounts or portfolios that that are defaulted consumer receivables 
and  are  not  in  a  bankrupt  status  upon  purchase.    These  accounts  are  aggregated  separately  from 
purchased bankruptcy accounts.   
“Income  Recognized  on  Finance  Receivable,  Net”  refers  to  income  derived  from  our  owned  debt 
portfolios and is shown net of valuation allowance charges. 
“Fee Income” refers to revenues generated from our fee-for-service subsidiaries.      
“Purchased  bankruptcy”  accounts  or  portfolios  refer  to  accounts  or  portfolios  that  are  in  bankruptcy 
when we purchase them and as such are purchased as a pool of bankrupt accounts.   

Our  debt  purchase  business  specializes  in  receivables  that  have  been  charged-off  by  the  credit  originator. 
Because  the  credit  originator  and/or  other  debt  servicing  companies  have  unsuccessfully  attempted  to  collect 
these  receivables,  we  are  able  to  purchase  them  at  a  substantial  discount  to  their  face  value.  From  our  1996 
inception through December 31, 2010, we acquired 2,002 portfolios, representing more than 24 million customer 
accounts, with a face value of $54.8 billion for a total purchase price of $1.7 billion.  The success of our business 
depends on our ability to purchase portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables at appropriate valuations and to 
collect  on  those  receivables  effectively  and  efficiently.    We  have  one  reportable  segment,  receivables 
management, based on similarities among the operating units including homogeneity of services, service delivery 
methods and use of technology. 

We have achieved strong financial results over the past ten years, with cash collections growing from $30.7 
million in 2000 to $529.3 million in 2010. Total revenue has grown from $19.6 million in 2000 to $372.7 million 
in 2010, a compound annual growth rate of 34%.  Similarly, pro forma net income has grown from $1.6 million 
in 2000 to net income of $73.9 million in 2010.   

We were initially formed as Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, on 
March 20, 1996.  In connection with our 2002 initial public offering (our “IPO”), all of the membership units of 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. were exchanged, simultaneously with the effectiveness of our registration 
statement,  for  a  single  class  of  the  common  stock  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.,  a  new  Delaware 
corporation  formed  on  August  7,  2002.    Accordingly,  the  members  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  L.L.C. 
became the common stockholders of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., which became the parent company of 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. and its subsidiaries. 

The Company maintains an Internet website at the following address: www.portfoliorecovery.com. 

We  make  available  on  or  through  our  website  certain  reports  that  we  file  with  or  furnish  to  the  SEC  in 
accordance  with  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.  These  include  our  annual  reports  on  Form  10-K,  our 
quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q,  our  current  reports  on  Form  8-K  and  amendments  to  those  reports  filed  or 
furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  We make this 
information available on our website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file 
the information with or furnish it to the SEC.  The information that is filed with the SEC may be read or copied at 
the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549.  In addition, information on the 
operation  of  the  Public  Reference  Room  may  be  obtained  by  calling  the  SEC  at  1-800-SEC-0330.    The  SEC 
maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding 
issuers that file electronically with the SEC at: www.sec.gov.  

5

 
 
 
 
Reports filed with or furnished to the SEC are also available free of charge upon request by contacting our 

corporate office at: 

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Attn: Investor Relations 
120 Corporate Boulevard, Suite 100 
Norfolk, Virginia 23502 

Competitive Strengths 

We Offer a Compelling Alternative to Debt Owners and Governmental Entities 

We offer debt owners the ability to immediately realize value for their charged-off receivables throughout 
the post charge-off collection cycle, from receivables that have only been processed internally by the debt owner 
to receivables that have been subject to multiple internal and external collection efforts, whether or not subject to 
bankruptcy proceedings.  This flexibility helps us to meet the needs of debt owners and allows us to become a 
trusted resource.  Also, through our government services business, we have the ability to service state and local 
government’s receivables in various ways.   This includes such services as processing tax payments on behalf of 
the client and extends to more complicated tax audit and discovery work, as well as additional services that fill 
the needs of our clients. 

Disciplined and Proprietary Underwriting Process 

One of the key components of our growth has been our ability to price portfolio acquisitions at levels that 
have  generated  profitable  returns  on  investment.  Since  inception,  we  have  been  able  to  collect  more  than  our 
purchase price for defaulted consumer receivables portfolios, which has enabled us to generate increasing profits 
and  operational  cash  flow.  In  order  to  price  core  portfolios  and  forecast  the  targeted  collection  results  for  a 
portfolio, we use two separate internally developed statistical models and one externally developed model, which 
we may supplement with on-site due diligence and data obtained from the debt owner’s collection process and 
loan  files.  One  model  analyzes  the  portfolio  as  one  unit  based  on  demographic  and  account  characteristic 
comparisons,  while  the  second  and  external  models  analyze  each  account  in  a  portfolio  using  variables  in  a 
regression  analysis.    As  we  collect  on  our  portfolios,  the  results  are  input  back  into  the  models  in  an  ongoing 
process which we believe increases their accuracy. Additionally, we have not sold any accounts since 2002, and 
the accounts we sold were primarily in Chapter 13 bankruptcy proceedings.  We stopped selling these accounts 
as  we  began the effort to build our own bankruptcy portfolio buying group which started purchasing bankrupt 
accounts in 2004.  By holding and collecting the accounts over the long-term, we create batch tracking history 
that we believe is unique among our peers. 

Ability to Hire, Develop and Retain Productive Collectors 

We place considerable focus on our ability to hire, develop, motivate and retain effective collectors who are 
key to our continued growth and profitability. Several large military bases and numerous telemarketing, customer 
service  and  reservation  phone  centers  are  located  near  our  headquarters  and  regional  offices  in  Virginia, 
providing  access  to  a  large  pool  of  eligible  personnel.  The  Hutchinson,  Kansas,  Las  Vegas,  Nevada, 
Birmingham,  Alabama,  Jackson,  Tennessee,  Houston,  Texas  and  Fresno,  California  areas,  where  we  maintain 
offices,  also  provide  a  sufficient  potential  workforce  of  eligible  personnel.    We  have  found  that  tenure  is  a 
primary driver of our collector effectiveness. We offer our collectors a competitive wage with the opportunity to 
receive incentive compensation based on performance, as well as an attractive benefits package, a comfortable 
working environment and the ability to work on a flexible schedule.  We have a comprehensive training program 
for new owned portfolio collectors and provide continuing advanced training classes which are conducted in our 
five  training  centers.    Recognizing  the  demands  of  the  job,  our  management  team  has  endeavored  to  create  a 
professional and supportive environment for all of our employees. 

Established Systems and Infrastructure 

We  have  devoted  significant  effort  to  developing  our  systems,  including  statistical  models,  databases  and 
reporting packages, to optimize our portfolio purchases and collection efforts.  In addition, we believe that our 

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
technology infrastructure is flexible, secure, reliable and redundant, to ensure the protection of our sensitive data 
and  to  mitigate  exposure  to  systems  failure  or  unauthorized  access.    We  take  data  security  and  collection 
compliance very seriously.   We employ a staff of Quality Control and Compliance employees whose role it is to 
monitor  calls  and  observe  collection system entries in real time.  They additionally monitor and research daily 
exception  reports  that  track  significant  account  status  movements  and  account  changes.    We  also  employ 
sophisticated call and work action recording systems which allow us to better monitor compliance and quality of 
our customer contacts.  We believe that our systems and infrastructure give us meaningful advantages over our 
competitors.  We have developed financial models and systems for pricing portfolio acquisitions, managing the 
collections process and monitoring operating results.  We perform a static pool analysis monthly on each of our 
portfolios,  inputting  actual  results  back  into  our  acquisition  models,  to  enhance  their  accuracy.    We  monitor 
collection results continuously, seeking to identify and resolve negative trends immediately.  In addition, we do 
not sell our purchased defaulted consumer receivables.  Instead, we work them over the long-term enhancing our 
knowledge of a pool’s long-term performance.  Our comprehensive management reporting package is designed 
to  fully  inform  our  management  team  so that they may make timely operating decisions.  This combination of 
hardware, software and proprietary modeling and systems has been developed by our management team through 
years of experience in this industry and we believe provides us with an important competitive advantage from the 
acquisition process all the way through collection operations. 

Strong Relationships with Major Credit Originators 

We  have  done  business  with  most  of  the  top  consumer  lenders  in  the  United  States.    We  maintain  an 
extensive  marketing  effort  and  our  senior  management  team  is  in  contact  on  a  regular  basis  with  known  and 
prospective credit originators.  We believe that we have earned a reputation as a reliable and compliant purchaser 
of defaulted consumer receivables portfolios and as responsible collectors.  Furthermore, from the perspective of 
the selling credit originator, the failure to close on a negotiated sale of a portfolio consumes valuable time and 
expense  and  can  have  an  adverse  effect  on  pricing  when  the  portfolio  is  re-marketed.    Similarly,  if  a  credit 
originator  sells  a  portfolio  to  a  debt  buyer  who  has  a  reputation  for  violating  industry  standard  collecting 
practices, the reputation of the credit originator can be damaged.  We consistently attempt to negotiate reasonable 
and mutually acceptable contract terms, resulting in a confident and expeditious closing process for both parties. 
We go to great lengths to collect from consumers in a responsible, professional and legally compliant manner.  
We believe our strong relationships with major credit originators provide us with access to quality opportunities 
for portfolio purchases. 

Experienced Management Team 

We  have  an  experienced  management  team  with  considerable  expertise  in  the  accounts  receivable 
management  industry.    Prior  to  our  formation,  our  founders  played  key  roles  in  the  development  and 
management of a consumer receivables acquisition and divestiture operation of Household Recovery Services, a 
subsidiary of Household International, now owned by HSBC.  As we have grown, the original management team 
has been expanded substantially to include a group of experienced, seasoned executives, many coming from the 
largest, most sophisticated lenders in the country. 

Portfolio Acquisitions 

Our portfolio of defaulted consumer receivables includes a diverse set of accounts that can be categorized by 
asset  type,  age  and  size  of  account,  level  of  previous  collection  efforts  and  geography.    To  identify  attractive 
buying opportunities, we maintain an extensive marketing effort with our senior officers contacting known and 
prospective sellers of defaulted consumer receivables.  We have acquired receivables of Visa®, MasterCard® and 
other  credit  cards,  private  label  credit  cards,  installment  loans,  lines  of  credit,  bankrupt  accounts,  deficiency 
balances  of  various  types,  legal  judgments,  and  trade  payables,  all  from  a  variety  of  debt  owners.    These  debt 
owners include major banks, credit unions, consumer finance companies, telecommunication providers, retailers, 
utilities,  insurance  companies,  medical  groups/hospitals,  auto  finance  companies  and  other  debt  buyers.    In 
addition, we make periodic visits to the operating sites of debt sellers and attend numerous industry events in an 
effort to develop account purchase opportunities.  We also maintain active relationships with brokers of defaulted 
consumer receivables.   

7

 
 
 
 
 
The  following  chart  categorizes  our  life  to  date  owned  portfolios  as  of December 31, 2010 into the major 

asset types represented (amounts in thousands):   

Asse t Type

Major Credit Cards

Consumer Finance

No. of Accounts

%

                        14,414 

                          5,300 

Private Label Credit Cards

                          3,994 

Life  to Date  
Purchased Face 
Value (1)

%

O riginal Purchase 
Price (2)

%

59%

22%

17%

 $          38,953,302 

71%  $                   1,376,140 

               6,353,854 

12%                          117,555 

               5,573,155 

10%                          191,308 

Auto Deficiency

                             588 

2%

               3,955,414 

7%                            43,291 

80%

7%

10%

3%

Total

24,296

100%  $          54,835,725 

100%  $                   1,728,294 

100%

(1)

The “Life to Date Purchased Face Value” represents the original face amount purchased from sellers and has
not been reduced by any adjustments including payments and buybacks. 

(2) The “Original Purchase Price” represents the cash paid to sellers to acquire portfolios of defaulted consumer 

receivables. 

We have done business with most of the largest consumer lenders in the United States.  Since our formation, 

we have purchased accounts from approximately 150 debt owners.  

We  have  acquired  portfolios  at  various  price  levels,  depending  on  the  age  of  the  portfolio,  its  geographic 
distribution, our historical experience with a certain asset type or credit originator and similar factors.  A typical 
defaulted  consumer  receivables  portfolio  that  we acquire  ranges  from  $1  million to $150 million in face value 
and  contains  defaulted  consumer  receivables  from  diverse  geographic  locations  with  average  initial  individual 
account balances of $400 to $7,000. 

The age of a defaulted consumer receivables portfolio (the time since an account has been charged-off) is an 
important factor in determining the price at which we will purchase the portfolio. Generally, there is an inverse 
relationship  between  the  age  of  a  portfolio  and  the  price  at  which  we  will  purchase  the  portfolio.    This 
relationship is due to the fact that older receivables typically liquidate at lower rates.  The accounts receivables 
management  industry  places  receivables  into  categories  depending  on  the  number  of  collection  agencies  that 
have previously attempted to collect on the receivables.  Fresh accounts are typically past due 120 to 270 days, 
charged-off by the credit originator and are either being sold prior to any post-charge-off collection activity or 
are  placed  with  a  third-party  for  the  first  time.    These  accounts  typically  sell  for  the  highest  purchase  price.  
Primary accounts are typically 360 to 450 days past due and charged-off, have been previously placed with one 
contingent fee servicer and receive a lower purchase price.  Secondary and tertiary accounts are typically more 
than 660 days past due and charged-off, have been placed with two or three contingent fee servicers and receive 
even lower purchase prices.  We also purchase accounts previously worked by four or more agencies and these 
are  typically  two  to  three  years  or  more  past  due  and  receive  an  even  lower  price.    In  addition,  we  purchase 
accounts that are included in consumer bankruptcies.  These bankrupt accounts are typically filed under Chapter 
13  of  the  U.S.  Bankruptcy  Code  and  have  an  associated  payment  plan  that  can  range  from  3  to  5  years  in 
duration.  We purchase bankrupt accounts in both forward flow and spot transactions and, consequently, they can 
be at any age in the bankruptcy plan life cycle. 

As shown in the following chart, as of December 31, 2010, we purchase accounts at various points in the 

delinquency cycle (amounts in thousands): 

Account Type

No. of Accounts

%

Life  to Date  
Purchase d Face  
Value  (1)

%

O riginal Purchase  
Price (2)

%

Fresh

Primary

Secondary

T ertiary

BK T rustees
Other

                         1,450 

                         3,761 

                         3,867 

                         3,973 

                         3,535 

                         7,710 

6%

15%

16%

16%

15%

32%

 $                 4,369,125 

8%  $                   385,238 

                    6,458,767 

12%                       310,830 

                    6,181,804 

11%                       212,838 

                    5,249,031 

10%                         72,609 

                  15,686,301 

29%                       637,837 

                  16,890,697 

30%                       108,942 

22%

18%

12%

4%

37%

7%

Total

24,296

100%

$                

54,835,725

100%

$                

1,728,294

100%

8

 
 
                       
 
  
 
  
 
 
                       
 
(1)   The “Life to Date Purchased Face Value” represents the original face amount purchased from sellers and has 

not been reduced by any adjustments including payments and buybacks. 

(2)   The “Original Purchase Price” represents the cash paid to sellers to acquire portfolios of defaulted consumer 

receivables. 

We also review the geographic distribution of accounts within a portfolio because we have found that state 
specific laws and rules can have an effect on the collectability of accounts located there.  In addition, economic 
factors and bankruptcy trends vary regionally and are factored into our maximum purchase price equation.  

The  following  chart  sets  forth  our  overall  life  to  date  portfolio  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables 

geographically as of December 31, 2010 (amounts in thousands): 

Geographic Distribution
California
T exas
Florida
New York
Pennsylvania
North Carolina
Illinois
Ohio
Georgia
New Jersey
Michigan
Virginia
T ennessee
Arizona
Massachusetts
South Carolina
Other (3)

No. of Accounts
                       2,507 
                       3,820 
                       1,913 
                       1,428 
                          846 
                          867 
                          950 
                          843 
                          769 
                          564 
                          644 
                          664 
                          512 
                          413 
                          429 
                          423 
                       6,704 

Life  to Date  
Purchase d Face  
Value (1)
 $            7,046,011 
               6,331,198 
               5,268,681 
               3,368,356 
               2,059,659 
               1,944,480 
               1,920,035 
               1,902,952 
               1,791,183 
               1,548,719 
               1,477,883 
               1,177,839 
               1,144,523 
               1,134,406 
               1,045,218 
                  974,174 
             14,700,408 

%

10%
16%
8%
6%
3%
4%
4%
3%
3%
2%
3%
3%
2%
2%
2%
2%
27%

%

13%
12%
10%
6%
4%
4%
4%
3%
3%
3%
3%
2%
2%
2%
2%
2%
25%

O riginal Purchase  
Price (2)
 $               210,721 
                  159,988 
                  155,024 
                    98,474 
                    66,681 
                    59,122 
                    65,789 
                    71,749 
                    68,417 
                    49,798 
                    53,281 
                    41,297 
                    42,836 
                    33,946 
                    32,289 
                    28,451 
                  490,431 

%

12%
9%
9%
6%
4%
3%
4%
4%
4%
3%
3%
2%
2%
2%
2%
2%
29%

Total

24,296

100%

$          

54,835,725

100%

$             

1,728,294

100%

(1)  The “Life to Date Purchased Face Value” represents the original face amount purchased from sellers and 

has not been reduced by any adjustments including payments and buybacks. 

(2)  The  “Original  Purchase  Price”  represents  the  cash  paid  to  sellers  to  acquire  portfolios  of  defaulted 

consumer receivables. 

(3)  Each  state  included  in  "Other"  represents  less  than  2%  of  the  face  value  of  total  defaulted  consumer 

receivables. 

Purchasing Process 

We  acquire  portfolios  from  debt  owners  through  auctions  and  negotiated  sales.  In  an  auction  process,  the 
seller  will  assemble  a  portfolio  of  receivables  and  will  either  broadly  offer  the  portfolio  to  the  market  or  seek 
purchase  prices  from  specifically  invited  potential  purchasers.    In  a  privately  negotiated  sale  process,  the  debt 
owner  will  contact  known  purchasers  directly,  take  bids  and  negotiate  the  terms  of  sale.    We  also  acquire 
accounts  in  forward  flow  contracts.  Under  a  forward  flow  contract  we  agree  to  purchase  defaulted  consumer 
receivables  from  a  debt  owner  on  a  periodic  basis,  at  a  set  percentage  of  face  value  of  the  receivables  over  a 
specified  time  period,  generally  from  three  to  twelve  months.    These  agreements  typically  have  a  provision 
requiring  that  the  attributes  of the receivables to be sold will not significantly change each month and that the 
debt owner efforts to collect these receivables will not change.  If this provision is not adhered to, the contract 
will  typically  allow  for  the  early  termination  of  the  forward  flow  contract  by  the  purchaser  or  call  for  a  price 
renegotiation.    Forward  flow  contracts  are  a  consistent  source  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables  for  accounts 
receivables  management  providers  and  provide  the  debt  owner  with  a  reliable  source  of  revenue  and  a 
professional resolution of defaulted consumer receivables. 

In a typical sale transaction, a debt owner initially distributes a computer data file containing ten to fifteen 
essential data fields on each receivables account in the portfolio offered for sale.  Such fields typically include 
but are not limited to the customer's name, address, outstanding balance, date of charge-off, date of last payment 
and  the  date  the  account  was  opened.  We  perform  our  initial  due  diligence  on  the  portfolio  by  electronically 
cross-checking the data fields on the computer disk or data tape against the accounts in our owned portfolios and 
9

 
 
 
 
                    
 
 
 
against national demographic and credit databases.  We compile a variety of portfolio level reports examining all 
demographic  data  available.    When  valuing  pools  of  bankrupt  consumer  receivables,  we  seek  to  access 
information on the status of each account’s bankruptcy case. 

In  order  to  determine  a  purchase  price  for  a  core  portfolio,  we  use  two  separate  internally  developed 
computer models and one externally developed model, which we may supplement with on-site due diligence of 
the  seller’s  collection  operation  and/or  a  review  of  their  loan  origination  files,  collection  notes  and  work 
processes.    We  analyze  the  portfolio  using  our  proprietary  multiple  regression  model,  which  analyzes  each 
account of the portfolio using variables in the regression model.  In addition, we analyze the portfolio as a whole 
using an adjustment model, which uses an appropriate cash flow model depending upon whether it is a purchase 
of  fresh,  primary,  secondary  or  tertiary  accounts.    Then,  adjustments  can  be  made  to  the  cash  flow  model  to 
compensate for demographic attributes supported by a detailed analysis of demographic data.  Finally, we use a 
model  that  creates  statistically  similar  portfolios  from  our  existing accounts and develops collection curves for 
them  that  are  used  in  our  price  modeling.    From  these  models  we  derive  our  quantitative  purchasing  analysis 
which is used to help price transactions.  The multiple regression model is also used to prioritize collection work 
efforts  subsequent  to  purchase.    With  respect  to  prospective  forward  flow  contracts  and  other  long-term 
relationships, we obtain a representative file that we use to determine the price of the forward flow agreement.  
On a go-forward basis, we receive the actual file to be funded, process it through our models, and compare it to 
the representative file noted above to determine if the delivered file meets the expectations of the initial pricing 
file.    This  process  allows  us  to  confirm  that  the  accounts  we  are  purchasing  are  materially  consistent  with  the 
accounts  we  agreed  to  purchase  under  the  forward  flow  arrangement.  In  addition,  when  purchasing  bankrupt 
consumer receivables, we utilize a completely separate, specifically designed pricing model. 

Our due diligence and portfolio review results in a comprehensive analysis of the proposed portfolio.  This 
analysis  compares  defaulted  consumer  receivables  in  the  prospective  portfolio  with  our  collection  history  in 
similar  portfolios.    We  then  use  our  multiple  regression  model  to  value  each  account.    Finally,  we  use  the 
statistically  similar  portfolio  analysis  model  to  refine  our  curves.    Using  these  three  valuation  approaches,  we 
determine cash collections over the life of the portfolio.  We then summarize all anticipated cash collections and 
associated direct expenses and project a collectability value expressed both in dollars and liquidation percentage 
and  a  detailed  expense  projection  over  the  portfolio's  estimated  economic  life.    We  use  the  total  projected 
collectability value and expenses to determine an appropriate purchase price. 

We  maintain  a  detailed  static  pool  analysis  on  each  portfolio  that  we  have  acquired,  capturing  all 
demographic data and revenue and expense items for further analysis.  We use the static pool analysis to refine 
the underwriting models that we use to price future portfolio purchases.  The results of the static pool analysis are 
input back into our models, increasing the accuracy of the models as the data set increases with every portfolio 
purchase  and  each  day's  collection  efforts.    In  addition,  we  do  not  sell  our  purchased  defaulted  consumer 
receivables.    Instead,  we  work  them  over  the  long-term  enhancing  our  knowledge  of  a  pool’s  long-term 
performance. 

The quantitative and qualitative data derived in our due diligence is evaluated together with our knowledge 
of the current defaulted consumer receivables market and any subjective factors about the portfolio or the debt 
owner of which management may be aware.  A portfolio acquisition approval memorandum is prepared for each 
prospective portfolio before a purchase price is submitted to the debt owner.  This approval memorandum, which 
outlines  the  portfolio's  anticipated  collectability  and  purchase  structure,  is  distributed  to  members  of  our 
Investment Committee.  The approval by the Committee sets a maximum purchase price for the portfolio.   

Once a portfolio purchase has been approved by our Investment Committee and the terms of the sale have 
been agreed to with the debt owner, the acquisition is documented in an agreement that contains customary terms 
and  conditions.    Provisions  are  typically  incorporated  for  bankrupt,  disputed,  fraudulent  or  deceased  accounts 
and  typically,  the  debt  owner  either  agrees  to  repurchase  these  accounts  or  replace  them  with  acceptable 
replacement accounts within certain time frames.  

10

 
 
Owned Portfolio Collection Operations 

Call Center Operations 

Our work flow management system places, recalls and prioritizes accounts in collectors' work queues, based 
on  our  analyses  of  our  accounts  and  other  demographic,  credit  and  customer  behavior  attributes  and  prior 
collection work activities.  We use this process to focus our work effort on those customers most likely to pay on 
their accounts and to rotate to other collectors the non-paying but most likely to pay accounts from which other 
collectors  have  been  unsuccessful  in  receiving  payment.    The  majority  of  our  collections  occur  as  a  result  of 
telephone  contact  with  customers;  however,  letters  and  legal  activity  also  generate  meaningful  levels  of  cash 
collections. 

The collectability forecast for a newly acquired portfolio will help determine our initial collection strategy.  
Accounts  that  are  determined  to  have  the  highest  predicted  collection  probability  may  be  sent  immediately  to 
collectors'  work  queues.   Less  collectible  accounts  may  be  set  aside  as  house  accounts  to  be  collected  using  a 
predictive dialer or another passive, low cost method.  After owning an account for a month we begin reassessing 
the  collectability  on  a  daily  basis  based  on  a  set  of  observed  account  characteristics  and  behaviors.    Some 
accounts  may  be  worked  using  a  letter  and/or  settlement  strategy.   We  may  obtain  credit  reports  for  various 
accounts after the collection process begins.   

Our  computer  system  allows  each  collector  to  view  the scanned documents relating to the  account which 
have  been  received  from  the  seller,  which  can  include  the  original  account  application  and  payment  checks, 
customer correspondence and other documents.  A typical collector work queue may include 300 to 600 accounts 
or more.  The work queue is depleted and replenished automatically by our computerized work flow system. 

On the initial contact call, a customer is given a standardized presentation regarding the benefits of resolving 
his or her account with us.  Emphasis is placed on determining the reason for the customer's default in order to 
better assess the customer's situation and create a plan for repayment.  The collector is incentivized to have the 
customer pay the full balance of the account although this occurs very infrequently.  If the collector cannot obtain 
payment of the full balance, the collector will suggest a repayment plan which generally includes an approximate 
20% down payment with the balance to be repaid over an agreed upon period. At times, when determined to be 
appropriate, and in many cases with management approval, a reduced lump-sum settlement may be agreed upon.  
If  the  customer  elects  to  utilize  an  installment  plan,  we  have  developed  a  system  which  enables  us  to  make 
withdrawals from a customer's bank account, in accordance with the directions of the customer.   

If a collector is unable to establish contact with a customer based on information received, the collector must 
undertake  skip  tracing  procedures  to  develop  important  account  information.    Skip  tracing  is  the  process  of 
developing  new  phone,  address,  job  or  asset  information  on  a  customer,  or  verifying  the  accuracy  of  such 
information.  Each collector does his or her own skip tracing using a number of computer applications available 
at  his  or  her  workstation,  a  process  which  is  significantly  supplemented  by  a  series  of  automated  skip  tracing 
procedures implemented by us on a regular basis. 

Legal Recovery 

An  important  component  of  our  collections  effort  involves  our  legal  recovery  department  and  the  judicial 
collection  of  accounts  of  customers  who  have  the  ability,  but  not  the  willingness,  to  resolve  their  obligations.  
Accounts  for  which  the  customer  is  not  cooperative  and  for  which  we  can  establish  garnishable  wages  or 
attachable  assets  are  reviewed  for  legal  action.  Additionally,  we  review  accounts  using  a  proprietary  scoring 
model and select those accounts reflecting a high propensity to pay in a legal environment.    Depending on the 
balance of the defaulted consumer receivable and the applicable state collection laws, we determine whether to 
commence legal action to judicially collect on the receivable.  The legal process can take an extended period of 
time, but it also generates cash collections that likely would not have been realized otherwise. 

We use a combination of internal staff (attorney and support), as well as external attorneys, to pursue legal 
collections under certain circumstances.  Over the past several years we have focused on developing our internal 
legal  collection  capability.    We  anticipate  that,  over  time,  collections  from  our  internal  legal team will surpass 
those  of  our  external  collection  fee  collection  attorneys.    We  have  the  capability  in  all  50  states  to  initiate 
lawsuits in amounts up to the jurisdictional limits of the respective courts.  Our legal recovery department, using 
11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
external vendors, also collects claims against estates in cases involving deceased debtors having assets at the time 
of  death.    Our  legal  recovery  department  oversees  our  internal  legal  collections  and  coordinates  a  nationwide 
collections attorney network which is responsible for the preparation and filing of judicial collection proceedings 
in  multiple  jurisdictions,  determining  the  suit  criteria,  and  instituting  wage  garnishments  to  satisfy  judgments.  
This network consists of approximately 65 law firms who work on a contingent fee basis.  Legal cash collections 
generated  by  both  our  in  house  attorneys  and  outside  independent  contingent  fee  attorneys  constituted 
approximately 24% of our total cash collections in 2010.  As our portfolio matures, a larger number of accounts 
will  be  directed  to  our  legal  recovery  department  for  judicial  collection;  consequently,  we  anticipate  that  legal 
cash collections will grow commensurately and comprise a larger percentage of our total cash collections. 

Bankruptcy Operations 

Our bankruptcy department manages customer filings under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code on debtor accounts 
derived  from  three  sources;  1)  the  company’s  purchased  pools  of  charged off accounts and accounts that have 
filed for bankruptcy protection after being acquired by us, 2) our purchased pools of bankrupt accounts, and 3) 
our third party servicing client relationships.  On company owned accounts, we file proofs of claim (“POCs”) or 
claim transfers and actively manage these accounts through the entire life cycle of the bankruptcy proceeding in 
order  to  substantiate  our  claims  and  ensure  that  we  participate  in  any  distributions  to  creditors.   On  accounts 
managed under a third party relationship, we work on either a full service contingency fee basis or a menu style 
fee for service basis.   

We developed our proprietary Bankruptcy Management System (“BMS”) as a secure and highly automated 
platform for providing bankruptcy notification services, filing POCs and claim transfers, managing documents, 
administering  our  case  load,  posting  and  reconciling  payments  and  providing  customized  reports.    BMS  is  a 
robust system designed to manage claims processing and case management in a high volume environment.  The 
system  is  highly  flexible  and  its  capacity  is  easily  expanded.    Daily  processing  volumes  are  managed  to  meet 
individual  bar  dates  associated  with  each  bankruptcy  case  and  specific  client  turnaround  times.    BMS  and  its 
underlying business rules were developed with emphasis first on minimizing risks through strict compliance to 
the bankruptcy code, then on maximizing recoveries from automated claim filing and case administration.   

Each of our bankruptcy department employees goes through an entry level training program to familiarize 
them  with BMS and the bankruptcy process, including a general overview of how we interact with the courts, 
debtor’s attorneys and trustees.  We also use a tiered process of cross training designed to familiarize advancing 
employees  with  a  variety  of  operational  assignments  and  analytical  tasks.    For  example,  we  utilize  specially 
trained  employees  to  perform  advanced  data  matching  and  analytics  for  clients,  while  others  are  tasked  with 
resolving  objections  directly  with  attorneys  and  trustees.    In  rare  circumstances,  resolution  of  these  objections 
may need to be effected by working through our network of local counsel.   

Fee-for-Service Businesses 

Through  our  subsidiaries,  we  provide  fee-based  services,  including  collateral  location  services  for  credit 
originators  via  our  IGS  subsidiary;  revenue  administration,  audit,  and  debt  discovery/recovery  services  for 
government  entities  through  our  government  services  business;  and  class  action  claims  recovery  services  and 
related  payment  processing  through  our  CCB  subsidiary.    We  previously  offered  third  party  contingent  fee 
collections  services  through  our  Anchor  Receivables  Management  subsidiary,  which  ceased  operations  during 
the second quarter of 2008.   

IGS  performs  national  skip  tracing,  asset  location  and  collateral  recovery  services,  principally  for  auto 
finance companies, for a fee.  The amount of fee earned is generally dependent on several different outcomes: 
whether  the  debtor  was  found  and  a  resolution  on  the  account  occurred,  if  the  collateral  was  repossessed  or  if 
payment was made by the debtor to the debt owner.   

The primary source of income for RDS and MuniServices, which together comprise our government services 
business, is derived from servicing taxing authorities in several different ways: processing their tax payments and 
tax forms, collecting delinquent taxes, identifying taxes that are not being paid and auditing tax payments. The 
processing  and  collection  pieces  are  standard  commission  based  billings  or  fee  for  service  transactions.  When 
audits are conducted, there are two components. The first is a charge for the hours incurred on conducting the 

12

 
 
 
 
 
audit, based on a contractual billing rate. The gross billing amount based on the aforementioned billing rate is a 
component of the line item “Fee income” while the salary expense is included in the line item “Compensation 
and employee services.”  The second item is for expenses incurred while conducting the audit. Most jurisdictions 
will reimburse us for direct expenses incurred for the audit including such items as travel and meals. The billed 
amounts  are  included  in  the  line  item  “Fee  income”  and  the  expense  component  is  included  in  its  appropriate 
expense category, generally, “Other operating expenses.”   

On March 15, 2010, we acquired 62% of the membership units of CCB.  CCB was founded in 1996 and is a 
leading provider of class action claims settlement recovery services and related payment processing to corporate 
clients.    CCB’s  process  allows  clients  to  maximize  settlement  recoveries,  in  many  cases  participating  in 
settlements they would otherwise not know existed.  The company charges fees for its services and works with 
clients to identify, prepare and submit claims to class action administrators charged with disbursing class action 
settlement funds.  

Competition 

We  face  competition  in  both  of  the  markets  we  serve  —  owned  portfolio  and  fee-for-service  receivables 
management — from new and existing providers of outsourced receivables management services, including other 
purchasers of defaulted consumer receivables portfolios, third-party contingent fee collection agencies and debt 
owners  that  manage  their  own  defaulted  consumer  receivables  rather  than  outsourcing  them.    The  receivables 
management industry (owned portfolio and contingent fee) remains highly fragmented and competitive.  There 
are  few  significant  barriers  for  entry  to  new  providers  of  contingent  fee  receivables  management services and, 
consequently,  the  number  of  agencies  serving  the  contingent  fee  market  may  continue  to  grow.    Constrained 
investment  capital  and  the  need  for  portfolio  evaluation  expertise  sufficient  to  price  portfolios  effectively 
constitute significant barriers for entry to new purchased portfolio receivables companies. 

We  face  bidding  competition  in  our  acquisition  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables  and  in  obtaining 
placement of fee-for-service receivables.  We also compete on the basis of reputation, industry experience and 
performance.  Among the positive factors which we believe influence our ability to compete effectively in this 
market  are  our  ability  to  bid  on  portfolios  at  appropriate  prices,  our  reputation  from  previous  transactions 
regarding  our  ability  to  close  transactions  in  a  timely  fashion,  our  relationships  with  originators  of  defaulted 
consumer receivables, our team of well-trained collectors who provide quality customer service and compliance 
with  applicable  collections  laws  and  our  ability  to  efficiently  and  effectively  collect  on  various  asset  types.  
Current  or  new  competitors  that  have  substantially  greater  financial,  personnel  and  other  resources,  greater 
adaptability  to  changing  market  needs,  longer  operating  histories,  or  more  established  relationships  in  our 
industry than we currently have, could influence our ability to compete effectively. 

Information Technology 

Technology Operating Systems and Server Platform 

The  architecture  and  design  of  our  systems  provides  us  with  a  technology  system  that  is  flexible,  secure, 
reliable and redundant to provide for the protection of our sensitive data.  We utilize Intel-based servers running 
Microsoft Windows 2000/2003 operating systems.  Our desktop PCs run the Windows XP operating system.  In 
addition, we utilize a blend of purchased and proprietary software systems tailored to the needs of our business.  
These systems are designed to eliminate inefficiencies in our collections and continue to meet business objectives 
in  a  changing  environment.    Our  proprietary  software  systems  are  being  leveraged  to  manage  location 
information and operational applications for government services, IGS and CCB.   

Network Technology 

To  provide  delivery  of  our  applications,  we  utilize  Intel-based  workstations  across  our  entire  business 
operation.  The environment is configured to provide speeds of 100 megabytes to the desktops of our collections 
and administration staff.  Our one gigabyte server network architecture supports high-speed data transport.  Our 
network  system  is  designed  to  be  scalable  and  meet  expansion  and  inter-building  bandwidth  and  quality  of 
service demands. 

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
Database and Software Systems 

The ability to access and utilize data is essential to us being able to operate in a cost-effective manner.  Our 
centralized computer-based information systems support the core processing functions of our business under a set 
of integrated databases and are designed to be both replicable and scalable to accommodate our internal growth.  
This  integrated  approach  helps  to  assure  that  data  sources  are  processed  efficiently.   We  use  these  systems  for 
portfolio  and  client  management,  skip  tracing,  check  taking,  financial  and  management  accounting,  reporting, 
and  planning  and  analysis.   The  systems  also  support  our  customers,  including  on-line  access  to  account 
information, account status and payment entry.  We use a combination of Microsoft and Oracle database software 
to  manage  our  portfolios  and  financial,  customer  and  sales  data.   Government  Services,  IGS  and  CCB  all 
maintain  unique,  proprietary  software  systems  that  manage  the  movement  of  data,  accounts  and  information 
throughout these business units.   

Redundancy, System Backup, Security and Disaster Recovery 

Our  data  centers  provide  the  infrastructure  for  collection  services  and  uninterrupted  support  of  data, 
applications and hardware for all of our business units. We believe our facilities and operations include sufficient 
redundancy, file back-up and security to ensure minimal exposure to systems failure or unauthorized access.  The 
preparations in this area include the use of call centers in Virginia, Kansas,  Alabama and Tennessee in order to 
help  provide  redundancy  for  data  and  processes  should  one  site  be  completely  disabled.   We  have  a  disaster 
recovery plan covering our business that is tested on a periodic basis.  The combination of our locally distributed 
call  control  systems  provides  enterprise-wide  call  and  data  distribution  between  our  call  centers  for  efficient 
portfolio  collection  and  business  operations.   In  addition  to  data  replication  between  the  sites,  incremental 
backups  of  both  software  and  databases  are  performed on  a  daily basis and a full system backup is performed 
weekly.  Backup data tapes are stored at an offsite location along with copies of schedules and production control 
procedures,  procedures  for  recovery  using  an  off-site  data  center,  and  documentation  and  other  critical 
information  necessary  for  recovery  and  continued  operation.   Our  Virginia  headquarters  has  two  separate 
telecommunications  feeds,  uninterruptible  power  supplies  and  natural  gas  and  diesel-generators,  all  of  which 
provide a level of redundancy should a power outage or interruption occur.  We also have generators installed at 
each of our call centers, as well as our subsidiary locations in Alabama, California and Nevada.  We also employ 
rigorous physical and electronic security to protect our data.  Our call centers have restricted card key access and 
appropriate additional physical security measures.  Electronic protections include data encryption, firewalls and 
multi-level access controls.   

Predictive Dialer Technology 

The  Avaya  Proactive  Contact  Dialer  enables  our  collection  staff  to  focus  on  certain  defaulted  consumer 
receivables according to our specifications.  Its predictive technology takes into account all collection campaign 
and  dialing  parameters  and  is  able  to  automatically  adjust  its  dialing  pace  to  match  changes  in  campaign 
conditions and provide the lowest possible wait times and abandon rates, with the highest volume of outbound 
calls.  

Display Screens for Real Time Data Utilization 

We utilize multiple plasma displays at most of our collection facilities to aid in recovery of portfolios.  The 
displays provide real-time business-critical information to our collection personnel for efficient collection efforts 
such as telephone, production, employee status, goal trending, training and corporate information.   

Employees 

As of December 31, 2010, we employed 2,473 persons on a full-time basis, including the following number 
of front line operations employees by business: 1,779 working on our owned portfolios and 342 working in our 
fee  for  service  subsidiaries.    None  of  our  employees  are  represented  by  a  union  or  covered  by  a  collective 
bargaining agreement.  We believe that our relations with our employees are good.  

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collection Personnel 

We  recognize  that  our  collectors  are  critical  to  the  success  of  our  business  as  a  majority  of  our  collection 
efforts occur as a result of telephone contact with customers.  We have found that the tenure and productivity of 
our collectors are directly related.  Therefore, attracting, hiring, training, retaining and motivating our collection 
personnel is a major focus for us.  We pay our collectors competitive wages and offer employees a full benefits 
program which includes comprehensive medical coverage, short and long term disability, life insurance, dental 
and  vision  coverage,  pre-paid  legal  plan,  an  employee  assistance  program,  supplemental  indemnity,  cancer, 
hospitalization and accident insurance, a flexible spending account for child care and a matching 401(k) program.  
In addition to a base wage, we provide collectors with the opportunity to receive unlimited compensation through 
an  incentive  compensation  program  that  pays  bonuses  above  a  set  monthly  base,  based  upon  each  collector's 
collection results.  This program is designed to provide that employees are paid based not only on performance, 
but also on consistency and compliance.   

A  large  number  of  telemarketing,  customer-service  and  reservation  phone  centers  are  located  near  our 
Norfolk, Virginia headquarters.  We believe that we offer a competitive and, in many cases, a higher base wage 
than many local employers and therefore have access to a large number of eligible personnel.  In addition, there 
are several military bases in the area which provide us with an excellent source of employees.  As a result, we 
employ  numerous  military  spouses  and  retirees.    We  have  also  found  the  Las  Vegas,  Nevada,  Hutchinson, 
Kansas,  Birmingham,  Alabama,  Jackson,  Tennessee,  Houston,  Texas  and  Fresno, California areas to provide a 
large potential workforce of eligible personnel. 

Training 

We  provide  a  comprehensive  multi-week  training  program  for  all  new  owned  portfolio  collectors.    Our 
training program begins with lectures on collection techniques, local, state and federal collection laws, systems, 
negotiation  skills,  skip  tracing  and  telephone  use.    These  sessions  are  then  followed  by  additional  weeks  of 
practical instruction, including conducting live calls with additional managerial supervision in order to provide 
employees  with  confidence  and  guidance  while  still  contributing  to  our  profitability.    Each  trainee  must 
successfully pass a comprehensive examination before being assigned to the collection floor, as well as once a 
year thereafter.  In addition, we conduct continuing advanced classes in our five training centers.  Our technology 
and systems allow us to monitor and record individual employees and then offer additional training in areas of 
deficiency to increase productivity and ensure compliance.  

 Office of General Counsel 

Our  Office  of  General  Counsel  manages  general  corporate  governance;  litigation;  insurance;  corporate 
transactions; intellectual property; contract and document preparation and review, including real estate purchase 
and  lease  agreements  and  portfolio  purchase  documents;  compliance  with  federal  securities  laws  and  other 
regulations and statutes; obtaining and maintaining insurance coverage; and dispute and complaint resolution. As 
a part of its compliance functions, our Office of General Counsel works with our Director of Internal Audit in the 
implementation of our Code of Ethics.  In that connection, we have implemented companywide ethics training 
and  mandatory  ethics  quizzes  and  have  established  a  confidential  telephone  hotline  to  report  suspected  policy 
violations,  fraud,  embezzlement,  deception  in  record  keeping  and  reporting,  accounting,  auditing  matters  and 
other  acts  which  are  inappropriate,  criminal  and/or  unethical.    Our  Code  of  Ethics  is  available  at  the  Investor 
Relations page of our website. Our Office of General Counsel also works closely with and provides guidance to 
our Quality Control and Compliance department and assists with advising our staff in relevant areas including the 
Fair  Debt  Collection  Practices  Act  and  other  relevant  laws  and  regulations.  Our  Office  of  General  Counsel 
distributes  guidelines  and  procedures  for  collection  personnel  to  follow  when  communicating  with  customers, 
customer’s  agents,  attorneys  and  other  parties  during  our  recovery  efforts.  This  includes  approving  all  written 
communications  to  account  debtors.    In  addition,  our  Office  of  General  Counsel  regularly  researches,  and 
provides collections personnel and our training department with summaries and updates of changes in federal and 
state statutes and relevant case law so that they are aware of and in compliance with changing laws and judicial 
decisions when skip-tracing or collecting accounts.  

15

 
 
 
Regulation 

Federal  and  state  statutes  establish  specific  guidelines  and  procedures  which  debt  collectors  must  follow 
when collecting customer accounts. It is our policy to comply with the provisions of all applicable federal laws 
and  corresponding  state  statutes  in  all  of  our  recovery  activities.  Our  failure  to  comply  with  these  laws  could 
have a material adverse effect on us in the event and to the extent that they apply to some or all of our recovery 
activities.  Federal  and  state  consumer  protection,  privacy  and  related laws and regulations extensively regulate 
the  relationship  between  debt  collectors  and  debtors,  and  the  relationship  between  customers  and  credit  card 
issuers.  Significant  federal  laws  and  regulations  applicable  to  our  business  as  a  debt  collector  include  the 
following: 

• Fair Debt Collection Practices Act.  This act imposes certain obligations and restrictions on the practices of 
debt  collectors,  including  specific  restrictions  regarding  communications  with  customers,  including  the  time, 
place  and  manner  of  the  communications.  This  act  also  gives  consumers  certain  rights,  including  the  right  to 
dispute the validity of their obligations and a right to sue debt collectors who fail to comply with its provisions, 
including the right to recover their attorney fees. 

• Fair Credit Reporting Act.  This act places certain requirements on credit information providers regarding 
the verification of the accuracy of information provided to credit reporting agencies and investigating consumer 
disputes  concerning  the  accuracy  of such  information.  We  provide  information  concerning our accounts to the 
three major credit reporting agencies, and it is our practice to correctly report this information and to investigate 
credit reporting disputes. The Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act amended the Fair Credit Reporting Act 
to include additional duties applicable to data furnishers with respect to information in the consumer’s credit file 
that the consumer identifies as resulting from identity theft, and requires that data furnishers have procedures in 
place to prevent such information from being furnished to credit reporting agencies.  

 •  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act.    This  act  requires  that  certain  financial  institutions,  including  collection 
agencies, develop policies to protect the privacy of consumers’ private financial information and provide notices 
to consumers advising them of their privacy policies. This act also requires that if private personal information 
concerning a consumer is shared with another unrelated institution, the consumer must be given an opportunity to 
opt out of having such information shared. Since we do not share consumer information with non-related entities, 
except as required by law, or except as needed to collect on the receivables, our consumers are not entitled to any 
opt-out rights under this act. This act is enforced by the Federal Trade Commission, which has retained exclusive 
jurisdiction over its enforcement, and does not afford a private cause of action to consumers who may wish to 
pursue legal action against a financial institution for violations of this act. 

•  Electronic  Funds  Transfer  Act.    This  act  regulates  the  use  of  the  Automated  Clearing  House  ("ACH") 
system  to  make  electronic  funds  transfers.    All  ACH  transactions  must  comply  with  the  rules  of  the  National 
Automated Check Clearing House Association ("NACHA") and Uniform Commercial Code § 3-402.  This act, 
the  NACHA  regulations  and  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code  give  the  consumer,  among  other  things,  certain 
privacy rights with respect to electronic fund transfer transactions, the right to stop payments on a pre-approved 
fund transfer, and the right to receive certain documentation of the transaction.  This act also gives consumers a 
right to sue institutions which cause financial damages as a result of their failure to comply with its provisions. 

• Telephone Consumer Protection Act.  In the process of collecting accounts, we use automated predictive 
dialers  and  pre-recorded  messages  to  communicate  with  our  consumers.  This  act  and  similar  state  laws  place 
certain restrictions on telemarketers and users of automated dialing equipment and pre-recorded messages who 
place telephone calls to consumers. 

•  Servicemembers  Civil  Relief  Act.    The  Soldiers’  and  Sailors’  Civil  Relief  Act  of  1940  was  amended  in 
December  2003  as  the  Servicemembers  Civil  Relief  Act  (“SCRA”).  The  SCRA  gives  U.S.  military  service 
personnel relief from credit obligations they may have incurred prior to entering military service, and may also 
apply in certain circumstances to obligations and liabilities incurred by a servicemember while serving on active 
duty.  The  SCRA  prohibits  creditors  from  taking  specified  actions  to  collect  the  defaulted  accounts  of 
servicemembers. The SCRA impacts many different types of credit obligations, including installment contracts 
and court proceedings, and tolls the statute of limitations during the time that the servicemember is engaged in 
active  military  service.  The  SCRA  also  places  a  cap  on  interest  bearing  obligations  of  servicemembers  to  an 
amount not greater than 6% per year, inclusive of all related charges and fees. 

16

 
 
 
• Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act.  The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability 
Act  (“HIPAA”)  provides  standards  to  protect  the  confidentiality  of  patients’  personal  healthcare  and  financial 
information.  Pursuant  to  HIPAA,  business  associates  of  health  care  providers,  such  as  agencies  which  collect 
healthcare receivables, must comply with certain privacy and security standards established by HIPAA to ensure 
that the information provided will be safeguarded from misuse.  This act is enforced by the Department of Health 
and Human Services and does not afford a private cause of action to consumers who may wish to pursue legal 
action against an institution for violations of this act. 

• U.S. Bankruptcy Code.  In order to prevent any collection activity with bankrupt debtors by creditors and 
collection agencies, the U.S. Bankruptcy Code provides for an automatic stay, which prohibits certain contacts 
with consumers after the filing of bankruptcy petitions.  The U.S. Bankruptcy Code also dictates what types of 
claims will or will not be allowed in a bankruptcy proceeding and how such claims may be discharged. 

•  Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.  On July 21, 2010 the Dodd-Frank Wall 
Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act  (the  Dodd-Frank  Act)  became  law.    The  Dodd-Frank  Act 
restructures  the  regulation  and  supervision  of  the  financial  services  industry.    Many  of  the  provisions  of  the 
Dodd-Frank  Act  have  extended  implementation  periods  and  delayed  effective  dates  and  will  require  extensive 
rulemaking  by  regulatory  authorities.    As  a  result,  the  ultimate  impact  of  the  act  on  our  business  cannot  be 
determined at this time. 

Additionally, there are some state statutes and regulations comparable to the above federal laws, and specific 
licensing requirements which affect our operations. State laws may also limit credit account interest rates and the 
fees,  as  well  as  limit  the  time  frame  in  which  judicial  and  non-judicial  actions  may  be  initiated  to  collect 
consumer accounts.  

Although  we  are  not  a  credit  originator,  some  of  the  following  laws,  which  apply  principally  to  credit 
originators,  may  occasionally  affect  our  operations  because  our  receivables  were  originated  through  credit 
transactions: 

• Truth in Lending Act;  

• Fair Credit Billing Act; and  

• Equal Credit Opportunity Act.  

Federal laws which regulate credit originators require, among other things, that credit card issuers disclose to 
consumers the interest rates, fees, grace periods and balance calculation methods associated with their credit card 
accounts.  Consumers  are  entitled  under  current  laws  to  have  payments  and  credits  applied  to  their  accounts 
promptly, to receive prescribed notices and to require billing errors to be resolved promptly. Some laws prohibit 
discriminatory practices in connection with the extension of credit. Federal statutes further provide that, in some 
cases, consumers cannot be held liable for, or their liability is limited with respect to, charges to the credit card 
account  that  were  a  result  of  an  unauthorized  use  of  the  credit  card.  These  laws,  among  others,  may  give 
consumers a legal cause of action against us, or may limit our ability to recover amounts owing with respect to 
the receivables, whether or not we committed any wrongful act or omission in connection with the account. If the 
credit originator fails to comply with applicable statutes, rules and regulations, it could create claims and rights 
for consumers that could reduce or eliminate their obligations to repay the account and have a possible material 
adverse effect on us. 

Accordingly,  when  we  acquire  defaulted  consumer  receivables,  typically  we  contractually  require  credit 
originators to indemnify us against any losses caused by their failure to comply with applicable statutes, rules and 
regulations relating to the receivables before they are sold to us.  

The U.S. Congress and several states have enacted legislation concerning identity theft. Additional consumer 
protection  and  privacy  protection  laws  may  be  enacted  that  would  impose  additional  requirements  on  the 
enforcement of and recovery on consumer credit card or installment accounts. Any new laws, rules or regulations 
that may be adopted, as well as existing consumer protection and privacy protection laws, may adversely affect 
our ability to recover the receivables. In addition, our failure to comply with these requirements could adversely 
affect our ability to enforce the receivables.  

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
We  cannot  assure  you  that  some  of  our  receivables  were  not  established  as  a  result  of  identity  theft  or 
unauthorized use of a credit card.   In the event that a receivable was established as a result of identity theft or 
unauthorized  use,  we  could  not  recover  the  amount  of  the  defaulted  consumer  receivables.  As  a  purchaser  of 
defaulted  consumer  receivables,  we  may  acquire  receivables  subject  to  legitimate  defenses  on  the  part  of  the 
consumer.  Typically  our  account  purchase  contracts  allow  us  to  return  to  the  debt  owners  certain  defaulted 
consumer  receivables  that  may  not  be  collectible,  due  to  these  and  other  circumstances.  Upon  return,  the  debt 
owners  are  required  to  replace  the  receivables  with  similar  receivables  or  repurchase  the  receivables.  These 
provisions limit to some extent our losses on such accounts. 

In addition to our obligation to comply with applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, we are 
also obligated to comply with judicial decisions reached in court cases involving legislation passed by any such 
governmental bodies. 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors. 

The following are risks related to our business. 

A deterioration in the economic or inflationary environment in the United States may have an adverse effect on 
our collections, results of operations, revenue and stock price.   

Our performance may be affected by economic or inflationary conditions in the United States. If the United 
States economy deteriorates or if there is a significant rise in inflation, personal bankruptcy filings may increase, 
and the ability of consumers to pay their debts could be adversely affected. This may in turn adversely impact our 
financial condition, results of operations, revenue and stock price. Deteriorating economic conditions could also 
adversely  impact  businesses  and  governmental  entities  to  which  we  provide  fee-based  services,  which  could 
reduce our fee income and cash flow and thereby adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, 
revenue  and  stock  price.    Other  factors  associated  with  the  economy  that  could  influence  our  performance 
include  the  financial  stability  of  the  lenders  on  our  line  of  credit,  our  access  to  credit,  and  financial  factors 
affecting consumers.  

The financial turmoil which affected the banking system and financial markets in recent years has resulted in 
a  tightening  in  credit markets.  There could  be  a  number  of  follow-on  effects  from  the  financial  turmoil  on our 
business,  including  a  decrease  in  the  value  of  our  financial  investments,  the  insolvency of lending institutions, 
including the lenders on our line of credit, resulting in our inability to obtain credit. These and other economic 
factors could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 

We  may  not  be  able  to  purchase  defaulted  consumer  receivables  at  appropriate  prices,  and  a  decrease  in  our 
ability to purchase portfolios of receivables could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue.   

If we are unable to purchase defaulted receivables from debt owners at appropriate prices, or one or more 
debt owners stop selling defaulted receivables to us, we could lose a potential source of income and our business 
may be harmed.  The availability of receivables portfolios at prices which generate an appropriate return on our 
investment depends on a number of factors both within and outside of our control, including the following:  

• the continuation of high levels of consumer debt obligations; 

• sales of defaulted receivables portfolios by debt owners; and 

• competitive factors affecting potential purchasers and credit originators of receivables. 

Moreover,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  existing  or  potential  clients  will  continue  to  outsource  their 
defaulted consumer receivables at recent levels or at all, or that we will be able to continue to offer competitive 
bids for defaulted consumer receivables portfolios.  If we are unable to develop and expand our business or adapt 
to changing market needs as well as our current or future competitors are able to do, we may experience reduced 
access to defaulted consumer receivables portfolios at appropriate prices and reduced profitability. 

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 Because of the length of time involved in collecting defaulted consumer receivables on acquired portfolios 
and the volatility in the timing of our collections, we may not be able to identify trends and make changes in our 
purchasing strategies in a timely manner.   

We  may  not  be  able  to  continually  replace  our  defaulted  consumer  receivables  with  additional  receivables 
portfolios sufficient to operate efficiently and profitably.  

To operate profitably, we must acquire and service a sufficient amount of defaulted consumer receivables to 
generate  revenue  that  exceeds  our  expenses.    Fixed  costs  such  as  salaries  and  lease  or  other  facility  costs 
constitute  a  significant  portion  of  our  overhead  and,  if  we  do  not  replace  the  defaulted  consumer  receivables 
portfolios we service with additional portfolios, we may have to reduce the number of our collection personnel.  
We would then have to rehire collection staff as we obtain additional defaulted consumer receivables portfolios. 
These practices could lead to:  

• low employee morale; 

• fewer experienced employees; 

• higher training costs; 

• disruptions in our operations; 

• loss of efficiency; and 

• excess costs associated with unused space in our facilities. 

Furthermore,  heightened  regulation  of  the  credit  card  and  consumer  lending  industry  or  changing  credit 
origination strategies may result in decreased availability of credit to consumers, potentially leading to a future 
reduction in defaulted consumer receivables available for purchase from debt owners.  We cannot predict how 
our  ability  to  identify  and  purchase  receivables  and  the  quality  of  those  receivables  would  be  affected  if  there 
would  be  a  shift  in  consumer  lending  practices,  whether  caused  by  changes  in  the  regulations  or  accounting 
practices applicable to debt owners, a sustained economic downturn or otherwise.  

When documents are required to collect on an account, we rely on the seller to fulfill its contractual obligation, if 
applicable, to provide them in an accurate and timely fashion.  For some of the accounts that we purchase, we 
may be unable to obtain these account documents, or the accounts documents that we obtain may contain errors.  
Our  inability  to  obtain  these  documents  from  the  seller  may  negatively  impact  the  liquidation  rate  on  such 
accounts  that  are  subject  to  judicial  collections,  or  that  are  located  in  states  in  which,  by  law,  no  collection 
activity may proceed without account documents.   

When  we  collect accounts  judicially,  courts in  certain  jurisdictions  require  that a  copy  of  the  account 
statements or applications be attached to the pleadings in order to obtain a judgment against the account debtors.  
If  we  are  unable  to  produce accurate  and  authentic  account  documents,  these  courts  will  deny  our 
claims. Additionally,  our  ability  to  collect  non-judicially  may  be  impacted  by  state  laws  which  require  that 
certain types of account documentation be in our possession prior to the institution of any collection activities. 

We may not be able to collect sufficient amounts on our defaulted consumer receivables to fund our operations.  

Our business primarily consists of acquiring and liquidating receivables that consumers have failed to pay 
and  that  the  credit  originator  has  deemed  uncollectible  and  has  charged-off.    The  debt  owners  have  typically 
made  numerous  attempts  to  recover  on  their  defaulted  consumer  receivables,  often  using  a  combination  of  in-
house recovery efforts and third-party collection agencies.  These defaulted consumer receivables are difficult to 
collect  and  we  may  not  collect  a  sufficient  amount  to  cover  our  investment  associated  with  purchasing  the 
defaulted consumer receivables and the costs of running our business.  

19

 
 
 
 
We may not be successful at acquiring receivables of new asset types or in implementing a new pricing structure.  

We  may  pursue  the  acquisition  of  receivables  portfolios  of  asset  types  in  which  we  have  little  current 
experience.  We may not be successful in completing any acquisitions of receivables of these asset types and our 
limited experience in these asset types may impair our ability to collect on these receivables.  This may cause us 
to  pay  too  much  for  these  receivables  and  consequently,  we  may  not  generate  a  profit  from  these  receivables 
portfolio acquisitions.  

Our collections may decrease if certain types of bankruptcy filings involving liquidations increase.  

Various economic trends and potential changes to existing legislation may contribute to an increase in the 
amount of personal bankruptcy filings.  Under certain bankruptcy filings a debtor’s assets may be sold to repay 
creditors, but since the defaulted consumer receivables we service are generally unsecured we often would not be 
able to collect on those receivables.  We cannot ensure that our collection experience would not decline with an 
increase  in  personal  bankruptcy  filings  or  a  change  in  bankruptcy  regulations  or  practices.    If  our  actual 
collection experience with respect to a defaulted bankrupt consumer receivables portfolio is significantly lower 
than  we  projected  when  we  purchased  the  portfolio,  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could 
deteriorate.  

Our  ability  to  recover  on  portfolios  of  bankrupt  consumer  receivables  may  be  impacted  by  changes  in  federal 
laws or changes in the administrative practices of the various bankruptcy courts. 

We  recover  on  consumer  receivables  that  have  filed  for  bankruptcy  protection  under  available  U.S. 
bankruptcy  laws.    We  recover  on  consumer  receivables  that  have  filed  for  bankruptcy  protection  after  we 
acquired  them,  and  we  also  purchase  accounts  that  are  currently  in  bankruptcy  proceedings.    Our  ability  to 
recover  on  portfolios  of  bankruptcy  consumer  receivables  may  be  impacted  by  changes  in  federal  laws  or 
changes in administrative practices of the various bankruptcy courts. 

Our ability to recover and enforce our finance receivables may be limited under federal and state laws.  

The businesses conducted by the Company’s operating subsidiaries are subject to licensing and regulation by 
governmental and regulatory bodies in the many jurisdictions in which the Company operates and conducts its 
business. Federal and state laws may limit our ability to recover and enforce our defaulted consumer receivables 
regardless  of  any  act  or  omission  on  our  part.   Some  laws  and  regulations  applicable  to  credit  issuers  may 
preclude us from collecting on defaulted consumer receivables we purchase if the credit issuer previously failed 
to comply with applicable laws in generating or servicing those receivables.  Collection laws and regulations also 
directly  apply  to  our  business.   Such  laws  and  regulations  are  extensive  and  subject  to  change.  Additional 
consumer protection and privacy protection laws may be enacted that would impose additional requirements on 
the enforcement of and collection on consumer credit receivables.  Any new laws, rules or regulations that may 
be adopted, as well as existing consumer protection and privacy protection laws, may adversely affect our ability 
to  collect  on  our  defaulted  consumer  receivables  and  may  harm  our  business.   In  addition,  federal  and  state 
governmental  bodies  are  considering,  and  may  consider  in  the  future,  legislative proposals that would regulate 
the collection of our defaulted consumer receivables.   Further, certain tax laws such as Internal Revenue Code 
Section  6050P  (requiring  1099-C returns  to  be  filed  on  discharge  of  indebtedness  in  excess  of  $600)  could 
negatively impact our ability to collect or cause us to incur additional expenses.  Although we cannot predict if or 
how any future legislation would impact our business, our failure to comply with any current or future laws or 
regulations applicable to us could limit our ability to collect on our defaulted consumer receivables, which could 
reduce our profitability and harm our business. 

Failure  to  comply  with  government  regulation  of  the  collections  industry  could  result  in  penalties,  litigation, 
damage to our reputation or the suspension or termination of our ability to conduct our business. 

The  collections  industry  is  governed  by  various  U.S.  federal  and  state  laws  and  regulations.  Many  states 
require  us  to  be  a  licensed  debt  collector.  The  Federal  Trade  Commission  has  the  authority  to  investigate 
consumer  complaints  against  debt  collection  companies  and  to  recommend  enforcement  actions  and  seek 
monetary  penalties.    If  we  fail  to comply with applicable laws and regulations, such failure could result in the 
suspension,  or  termination  of  our  ability  to  conduct  collections  which  would  materially  adversely  affect  our 

20

 
 
 
results of operations, financial condition and stock price.  In addition, new federal and state laws or regulations or 
changes  in  the  ways  these  rules  or  laws  are  interpreted  or  enforced  could  limit  our  activities  in  the  future  or 
significantly increase the cost of compliance. 

Changes in governmental laws and regulations could increase our costs and liabilities or impact our operations.  

Changes  in  laws  and  regulations  or  the  manner  in  which  they  are  interpreted  or  applied  may  alter  our 
business  environment.  This  could  affect  our  results  of  operations  or  increase  our  liabilities.  These  negative 
impacts  could  result  from  changes  in  collection  laws,  laws  related  to  credit  reporting,  consumer  bankruptcy, 
accounting  standards,  taxation  requirements,  employment  laws  and  communications  laws,  among  others.  For 
example, we know that both federal and state governments are currently reviewing existing law related to debt 
collection, in order to determine if any changes are needed.  If we become subject to additional costs or liabilities 
in the future resulting from changes in laws and regulations, that could adversely effect our results of operations 
and financial condition.   

We may make acquisitions that prove unsuccessful or strain or divert our resources.  

We  intend  to  consider  acquisitions  of  other  companies  that  could  complement  our  business,  including  the 
acquisition of entities offering greater access and expertise in other asset types and markets that are related but 
that we do not currently serve.  If we do acquire other businesses, we may not be able to successfully operate the 
acquired entity and/or integrate these businesses with our own and we may be unable to maintain our standards, 
controls  and  policies.    Further,  acquisitions  may  place  additional  constraints  on  our  resources  by  diverting  the 
attention  of  our  management  from  other  business  concerns.    Through  acquisitions,  we  may  enter  markets  in 
which we have no or limited experience.  Moreover, any acquisition may result in a potentially dilutive issuance 
of  equity  securities  or  may  result  in  the  incurrence  of  additional  debt  and  amortization  expenses  of  related 
intangible assets, which could reduce our profitability and harm our business. 

The loss of IGS, RDS, MuniServices or CCB customers could negatively affect our operations.  

With respect to the acquisitions of IGS, RDS, MuniServices and CCB, a significant portion of the valuation 
was  attributed  to  existing  client  and  customer  relationships.    Our  customers,  in  general,  may  terminate  their 
relationship with us on 30-90 days’ prior notice. In the event a customer or customers terminate or significantly 
cut back any relationship with us, it could reduce our profitability and harm our business and could potentially 
give  rise  to  an  impairment  charge  related  to  an  intangible  asset  specifically  ascribed  to  existing  client  and 
customer relationships. 

Our  senior  management  team  is  important  to  our  continued  success  and  the  loss  of  one  or  more  members  of 
senior management could negatively affect our operations.  

The  loss  of  the  services  of  one  or  more  of  our  key  executive  officers  or  key  employees  could  disrupt  our 
operations.  We have employment agreements with Steve Fredrickson, our president, chief executive officer and 
chairman  of  our  board  of  directors,  Kevin  Stevenson,  our  executive  vice  president  and  chief  financial  and 
administrative  officer,  and  most  of  our  other  senior  executives.    The  current  agreements  contain  non-compete 
provisions that survive termination of employment.  However, these agreements do not and will not assure the 
continued services of these officers and we cannot ensure that the non-compete provisions will be enforceable. 
Our  success  depends  on  the  continued  service  and  performance  of  our  key  executive  officers,  and  we  cannot 
guarantee that we will be able to retain those individuals.   

Our work force could become unionized in the future, which could adversely affect the stability of our operations 
and increase our costs. 

Currently, none of our employees are represented by unions.  However, our employees have the right at any 
time under the National Labor Relations Act to form or affiliate with a union.  If some or all of our workforce 
were to become unionized and the terms of the collective bargaining agreement were significantly different from 
our current compensation arrangements, it could adversely affect the stability of our work force and increase our 
costs.  

21

 
 
 
       
 
We  experience  high  employee  turnover  rates  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  hire  and  retain  enough  sufficiently 
trained employees to support our operations.  

The receivables management industry is very labor intensive and, similar to other companies in our industry, 
we typically experience a high rate of employee turnover.  Our annual turnover rate in our collector workforce, 
excluding  those  employees  that  do  not  complete  our  multi-week  training  program  was  39%  in  2010.    We 
compete for qualified personnel with companies in our industry and in other industries.  Our growth requires that 
we  continually  hire  and  train  new  collectors.    A  higher  turnover  rate  among  our  collectors  will  increase  our 
recruiting  and  training  costs  and  limit  the  number  of  experienced  collection  personnel  available  to  service  our 
defaulted consumer receivables.  If this were to occur, we would not be able to service our defaulted consumer 
receivables effectively and this would reduce our ability to continue our growth and operate profitability.  

We may not be able to retain, renegotiate or replace our existing credit facility. 

 Our credit facility includes an aggregate principal amount available of $407.5 million which consists of a 
$50 million fixed rate loan that matures on May 4, 2012, and a $357.5 million revolving facility that matures on 
December  20,  2014.    The  revolving  facility  will  be  automatically  increased  by  $50  million  upon  maturity  and 
repayment of the fixed rate loan.  If we are unable to retain, renegotiate or replace such facility, our growth could 
be adversely affected, which could negatively impact our business operations and the price of our common stock. 

We may not be able to continue to satisfy the restrictive covenants in our debt agreements. 

All  of  our  receivable  portfolios  are  pledged  to  secure  amounts  owed  to  our  lenders.  Our  debt  agreements 
impose  a  number  of  restrictive  covenants  on  how  we  operate  our  business.  Failure  to  satisfy  any  one  of  these 
covenants could result in all or any of the following consequences, each of which could have a materially adverse 
effect on our ability to conduct business:  

•    acceleration of outstanding indebtedness;  

•    our inability to continue to purchase receivables needed to operate our business; or  

•    our inability to secure alternative financing on favorable terms, if at all.  

Changes in interest rates could increase our interest expense and reduce our net income.  Our future hedging 
strategies  may  not  be  successful  in  mitigating  our  risks  associated  with  changes  in  interest  rates  and  could 
adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition,  as  could  our  failure  to  comply  with  hedge 
accounting principles and interpretations.   

Our revolving credit facility bears interest at a variable rate as of December 31, 2010.  Increases in interest 
rates could increase our interest expense which would, in turn, lower our earnings.  From time to time, we may 
enter into hedging transactions to mitigate our interest rate risk on a portion of our credit facility. Our hedging 
strategies rely on assumptions and projections. If these assumptions and projections prove to be incorrect or our 
hedges  do  not  adequately  mitigate  the  impact  of  changes  in  interest  rates,  we  may  experience  volatility  in  our 
earnings  that  could  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.    We  had  no  interest  rate 
hedge contracts at December 31, 2010. 

In addition, hedge accounting in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” requires 
the  application  of  significant  subjective  judgments  to  a  body  of  accounting  concepts  that  is  complex  and  for 
which  the  interpretations  have  continued  to  evolve  within  the  accounting  profession  and  among  the  standard-
setting  bodies.   Our  failure  to  comply  with  hedge  accounting  principles  and  interpretations  in  the  future  could 
result in the loss of the applicability of hedge accounting which could adversely affect our results of operations 
and financial condition.  

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Additional taxes levied on us could harm our financial results.  

 Our tax filings are subject to audit by tax authorities in most jurisdictions in which we do business. These 
audits may result in assessments of additional taxes, adjustments to the timing of taxable income or deductions or 
allocations of income among tax jurisdictions.  If any such challenges are made and are not resolved in our favor, 
they could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 

We  file  income  tax  returns  using  the  cost  recovery method  for  tax  revenue  recognition  as  it  relates  to our 
debt  purchasing  business.   We  were  notified  on  June  21,  2007  that  we  were  being  examined  by  the  Internal 
Revenue  Service  for  the  2005  calendar  year.   The  IRS  has  concluded  its  audit  and  on  March  19,  2009  issued 
Form 4549-A, Income Tax Examination Changes, for tax years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.  The 
IRS has asserted that cost recovery for tax revenue recognition does not clearly reflect taxable income and that 
unused  line  fees  paid  on  credit  facilities  should  be  capitalized  and  amortized  rather  than  taken  as  a  current 
deduction.   On  April  22,  2009,  we  filed  a  formal  protest  of  the  findings  contained  in  the  examination  report 
prepared by the IRS.  We believe we have sufficient support for the technical merits of our positions and that it is 
more-likely-than-not  that  these  positions  will  ultimately  be  sustained;  therefore,  a  reserve  for  uncertain  tax 
positions is not necessary for these tax positions.  If we are unsuccessful in our appeal, we may be required to 
further  our  efforts  in  United  States  Tax  Court.    Additionally  if  judicial  appeals  prove  unsuccessful,  we  may 
ultimately be required to pay the related deferred taxes and any potential interest, possibly requiring additional 
financing from other sources. 

We  utilize  the  interest  method  of  revenue  recognition  for  determining  our  income  recognized  on  finance 
receivables, which is based on an analysis of projected cash flows that may prove to be less than anticipated and 
could lead to reductions in future revenues or the incurrence of valuation allowance charges.  

We utilize the interest method to determine income recognized on finance receivables under the guidance of 
Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities 
Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality” (“ASC 310-30”).  Under this method, static pools of receivables we 
acquire  are  modeled  upon  their  projected  cash  flows.    A  yield  is  then  established  which,  when  applied  to  the 
unamortized purchase price of the receivables, results in the recognition of income at a constant yield relative to 
the  remaining  balance  in  the  pool.    Each  static  pool  is  analyzed  monthly  to  assess  the  actual  performance 
compared  to  that  expected  by  the  model.    Significant  increases  in  actual  or  projected  future  cash  flows  are 
recognized  prospectively,  through  an  upward  adjustment  of  the  yield,  over  a  pool’s  estimated  remaining  life.  
Any increase to the yield then becomes the new benchmark for future impairment testing for the pool.  Under 
ASC 310-30, rather than lowering the estimated yield for significant decreases in actual or projected future cash 
flows,  a  valuation  allowance  charge  is  recorded  to  reduce  the  carrying  value  of  a  pool  to  maintain  the  then 
current yield and is shown as a reduction in revenues in the consolidated income statements with a corresponding 
valuation  allowance  offsetting  finance  receivables,  net,  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.    As  a  result,  if  the 
accuracy of the modeling process deteriorates or there is a significant decline in anticipated future cash flows, we 
could  incur  reductions  in  future  revenues  resulting  from  additional  valuation  allowance  charges,  which  could 
reduce our profitability in a given period and negatively impact our stock price. 

Our operations could suffer from telecommunications or technology downtime or increased costs.  

Our  success  depends  in  large  part  on  sophisticated  telecommunications  and  computer  systems.    The 
temporary or permanent loss of our computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems, through 
casualty or operating malfunction, could disrupt our operations.  In the normal course of our business, we must 
record  and  process  significant  amounts  of  data  quickly  and  accurately  to  access,  maintain  and  expand  the 
databases we use for our collection activities.  Any failure of our information systems or software and our backup 
systems would interrupt our business operations and harm our business.  Our headquarters are located in a region 
that  is  susceptible  to  hurricane  damage,  which  may  increase  the  risk  of  disruption  of  information  systems  and 
telephone service for sustained periods.  

Further,  our  business  depends  heavily  on  services  provided  by  various  local  and  long  distance  telephone 
companies.  A significant increase in telephone service costs or any significant interruption in telephone services 
could reduce our profitability or disrupt our operations and harm our business.  

23

 
 
 
 
We may not be able to successfully anticipate, manage or adopt technological advances within our industry.  

Our  business  relies  on  computer  and  telecommunications  technologies  and  our  ability  to  integrate  these 
technologies  into  our  business  is  essential  to  our  competitive  position  and  our  success.    Computer  and 
telecommunications  technologies  are  evolving  rapidly  and  are  characterized  by  short  product  life  cycles.    We 
may  not  be  successful  in  anticipating,  managing  or  adopting  technological  changes  on  a  timely  basis,  which 
could reduce our profitability or disrupt our operations and harm our business. 

While  we  believe  that  our  existing  information  systems  are  sufficient  to  meet  our  current  demands  and 
continued  expansion,  our  future  growth  may  require  additional  investment  in  these  systems.    We  depend  on 
having the capital resources necessary to invest in new technologies to acquire and service defaulted consumer 
receivables.  We cannot ensure that adequate capital resources will be available to us at the appropriate time. 

We rely on our systems and employees, and certain failures or disruptions could adversely affect the continuity of 
our business operations.   

We may be subject to disruptions of our operating systems arising from events that are not entirely within 
our control.  Those events may include, for example, terrorist attacks, war and the outcome of war and threats of 
attacks; computer viruses; electrical or telecommunications outages; natural disasters; computer hacking attacks; 
malicious employee acts; other intentional destructive human acts; and disease pandemics.  Any or all of these 
occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and stock price. 

We serve markets that are highly competitive, and we may be unable to compete with businesses that may have 
greater resources than we have. 

We  face  competition  in  the  markets  we  serve  from  new  and  existing  providers  of  outsourced  receivables 
management  services,  including  other  purchasers  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables  portfolios,  third-party 
contingent fee collection agencies and debt owners that manage their own defaulted consumer receivables rather 
than outsourcing them. The receivables management industry is highly fragmented and competitive, consisting of 
thousands of consumer and commercial agencies, most of which compete in the contingent fee business.  

We face bidding competition in our acquisition of defaulted consumer receivables and in our placement of 
fee  based  receivables,  and  we  also  compete  on  the  basis  of  reputation,  industry  experience  and  performance.  
Some  of  our  current  competitors  and  possible  new  competitors  may  have  substantially  greater  financial, 
personnel and other resources, greater adaptability to changing market needs, longer operating histories and more 
established relationships in our industry than we currently have.  In the future, we may not have the resources or 
ability  to  compete  successfully.    As  there  are  few  significant  barriers  for  entry  to  new  providers  of  fee  based 
receivables  management  services,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  additional  competitors  with  greater  resources 
than ours will not enter the market.   

We may not be able to manage our growth effectively.  

We  have  expanded  significantly  since  our  formation  and  we  intend  to  maintain  our  focus  on  growth.  
However, our growth will place additional demands on our resources and we cannot ensure that we will be able 
to manage our growth effectively.  In order to successfully manage our growth, we may need to:  

• expand and enhance our administrative infrastructure; 

• continue to improve our management, financial and information systems and controls; and 

• recruit, train, manage and retain our employees effectively. 

Continued growth could place a strain on our management, operations and financial resources.  We cannot 
ensure  that  our  infrastructure,  facilities  and  personnel  will  be  adequate  to  support  our  future  operations  or  to 
effectively adapt to future growth.  If we cannot manage our growth effectively, our results of operations may be 
adversely affected.  

24

 
 
 
The market price of our shares of common stock could fluctuate significantly.    

Wide fluctuations in the trading price or volume of our shares of common stock could be caused by many 
factors, including factors relating to our company or to investor perception of our company (including changes in 
financial estimates and recommendations by research analysts), but also factors relating to (or relating to investor 
perception of) the receivables management industry or the economy in general.  

Negative publicity or reputational attacks could damage our reputation.   

From time to time there are negative news stories about our industry or company, especially with respect to 
alleged  conduct  in  collecting  debt  from  customers.    Negative  public  opinion  about  our  alleged  or  actual  debt 
collection practices or about the debt collection industry, especially that expressed via social media such as blogs, 
various  websites  or  newsletters,  generally  could  adversely  impact  our  stock  price  and  our  ability  to  retain  and 
attract customers and employees.     

Our  certificate  of  incorporation,  by-laws  and  Delaware  law  contain  provisions  that  may  prevent  or  delay  a 
change of control or that may otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders.  

Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws contain provisions that may make it more difficult, expensive or 
otherwise  discourage  a  tender  offer  or  a  change  in  control  or takeover attempt by a third-party, even if such a 
transaction  would  be  beneficial  to  our  stockholders.  The  existence  of  these  provisions  may  have  a  negative 
impact  on  the  price  of  our  common  stock  by  discouraging  third-party  investors  from  purchasing  our  common 
stock. In particular, our certificate of incorporation and by-laws include provisions that:  

•   classify our board of directors into three groups, each of which will serve for staggered three-year terms;  

•   permit a majority of the stockholders to remove our directors only for cause;  

•   permit our directors, and not our stockholders, to fill vacancies on our board of directors;  

•   require stockholders to give us advance notice to nominate candidates for election to our board of directors

or to make stockholder proposals at a stockholders’ meeting;  

•   permit a special meeting of our stockholders to be called only by approval of a majority of the directors, the 
chairman  of  the  board  of  directors,  the  chief  executive  officer,  the  president  or  the  written  request  of
holders owning at least 30% of our common stock;  

•   permit  our  board  of  directors  to  issue,  without  approval  of  our  stockholders,  preferred  stock  with  such

terms as our board of directors may determine;  

•   permit the authorized number of directors to be changed only by a resolution of the board of directors; and 

•   require the vote of the holders of a majority of our voting shares for stockholder amendments to our by-

laws.  

In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law which provides certain 
restrictions on business combinations between us and any party acquiring a 15% or greater interest in our voting 
stock other than in a transaction approved by our board of directors and, in certain cases, by our stockholders. 
These  provisions  of  our  certificate  of  incorporation,  our  by-laws  and  Delaware  law  could  delay  or  prevent  a 
change in control, even if our stockholders support such proposals. Moreover, these provisions could diminish 
the opportunities for stockholders to participate in certain tender offers, including tender offers at prices above 
the  then-current  market  value  of  our  common  stock,  and  may  also  inhibit  increases  in  the  trading  price  of  our 
common stock that could result from takeover attempts or speculation. 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments. 

None.  

25

 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 2.  Properties. 

Our principal executive offices and primary operations facility are located in approximately 110,000 square 
feet of leased space in three adjacent buildings in Norfolk, Virginia. One of our call centers is also located within 
this space.  This site can currently accommodate approximately 1,000 employees.  We own a two-acre parcel of 
land across from our headquarters which we developed into a parking lot for use by our employees.    

 We own an approximately 22,000 square foot facility in Hutchinson, Kansas, comprised of two buildings, 
and  contiguous  parcels  of  land  which  are  used  primarily  for  employee  parking.    The  Hutchinson  site  can 
currently accommodate approximately 250 employees.  This facility contains one of our call centers. 

We  lease  a  call  center  facility  located  in  approximately  32,000  square  feet  of  space  in  Hampton,  Virginia 

which can accommodate approximately 430 employees.  

We  lease  a  property  located  in  Las  Vegas,  Nevada  which  houses  the  employees  of  our  IGS  subsidiary  as 
well as certain owned portfolio call center operations.  The leased space is approximately 30,000 square feet and 
can accommodate approximately 310 employees. 

We  lease  two  facilities  in  Birmingham,  Alabama  totaling  approximately  18,000  square-feet  which  can 
accommodate  approximately  170  employees.    The  Birmingham  facility  houses  the  employees  of  our  RDS 
subsidiary as well as PRA call center employees. 

We  lease  a  34,000  square  foot  building  and  a  nine-acre  parcel  of  land  in  Jackson,  Tennessee,  which  the 
Company originally purchased in 2006 and subsequently conveyed to the Industrial Development Board of the 
City of Jackson.  We lease back the property from the Industrial Board under a long term Master Industrial Lease 
Agreement and have the option to re-purchase the property at any time during the term of the lease.  This facility 
can accommodate approximately 430 employees.   This facility contains one of our call centers. 

For  our  MuniServices  subsidiary,  we  lease  approximately  26,000  square  feet  of  office  space  in  several 
offices  around  the  country,  the  majority  of  which  are  located  in  Fresno,  California.    These  offices  can 
accommodate approximately 140 employees.   

We  lease  a  facility  located  in  approximately  6,000  square  feet  of  space  in  Houston,  Texas  which  can 
accommodate approximately 30 employees.   Certain employees of our government services business are located 
in this facility.  

We  lease  approximately  10,000  square  feet  of  space  in  Rosemont,  Illinois  which  can  accommodate 
approximately 30 employees.   Certain of our Information Technology Department employees are located in this 
facility.  

We lease approximately 2,500 square feet of space in Conshohocken, Pennsylvania which can accommodate 

approximately 20 employees.  This facility houses the employees of our CCB subsidiary. 

We do not consider any specific leased or owned facility to be material to our operations.  We believe that 

equally suitable alternative facilities are available in all areas where we currently do business. 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings. 

We are from time to time subject to routine legal claims and proceedings, most of which are incidental to the 
ordinary  course  of  our  business.   We  initiate  lawsuits  against  customers  and  are  occasionally  countersued  by 
them  in  such  actions.   Also,  customers,  either  individually,  as  members  of  a  class  action,  or  through  a 
governmental entity on behalf of customers, may initiate litigation against us, in which they allege that we have 
violated  a  state  or  federal  law  in  the  process  of  collecting  on  an  account.   From  time  to  time,  other  types  of 
lawsuits are brought against us.  While it is not expected that these or any other legal proceedings or claims in 
which we are involved will, either individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse impact on our results 
of  operations,  liquidity  or  financial  condition,  it  is  possible  that,  due  to  unexpected  future  developments,  an 
unfavorable  resolution  of  a  legal  proceeding  or  claim  could  occur  which  may  be  material  to  our  results  of 

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
operations  for  a  particular  period.    The  matter  described  below  falls  outside  of  the  normal  parameters  of  our 
routine legal proceedings. 

The Attorney General for the State of Missouri filed a purported enforcement action against the Company in 
2009  that  seeks  relief  for  Missouri  customers  that  have  allegedly  been  injured  as  a  result  of  certain  of  our 
collection  practices.   We  have  vehemently  denied  any  wrongdoing  herein  and  in  2010,  the  complaint  was 
dismissed with prejudice.  The matter is currently on appeal, and so it is not possible at this time to estimate the 
possible loss, if any. 

Item 4.  (Removed and Reserved). 

PART II 

Item  5.    Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. 

Price Range of Common Stock 

Our  common  stock  (“Common  Stock”)  began  trading  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Stock  Market  under  the 
symbol “PRAA” on November 8, 2002.  Prior to that time there was no public trading market for our common 
stock.    The  following  table  sets  forth  the  high  and  low  sales  price  for  the  Common  Stock,  as  reported  by  the 
NASDAQ Global Stock Market, for the periods indicated. 

2009 
Quarter ended March 31, 2009 
Quarter ended June 30, 2009 
Quarter ended September 30, 2009 
Quarter ended December 31, 2009 

2010 
Quarter ended March 31, 2010 
Quarter ended June 30, 2010 
Quarter ended September 30, 2010 
Quarter ended December 31, 2010 

High 

$34.89 
$39.52 
$49.01 
$50.50 

$58.12 
$72.80 
$71.98 
$78.00 

Low 

$19.41 
$26.11 
$37.13 
$40.89 

$41.50 
$54.34 
$58.82 
$62.31 

  As  of  February  3,  2011,  there  were  26  holders  of  record  of  the  Common  Stock.    Based  on  information 
provided by our transfer agent and registrar, we believe that there are 21,943 beneficial owners of the Common 
Stock. 

Stock Performance  

The following graph compares from December 31, 2005, to December 31, 2010, the cumulative stockholder 
returns assuming an initial investment of $100 on January 1, 2006 in the Company’s Common Stock, the stocks 
comprising  the  NASDAQ  Global  Market  Composite  Index,  the  NASDAQ  Market  Index  (U.S.)  and  the  stocks 
comprising  a  peer  group  index  consisting  of  six  peers  which  includes  Encore  Capital  Group,  Inc.,  Asset 
Acceptance  Capital  Corp.,  Asta  Funding,  Inc.,  Compucredit  Holdings  Corporation,  FTI  Consulting  Inc.  and 
EPIQ Systems Inc.   Any dividends paid during the five year period are assumed to be reinvested. 

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$180

$160

$140

$120

S
R
A
L
L
O
D

$100

$80

$60

$40

2005

COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.

NASDAQ  Composite Index

NASDAQ  U.S. Only

Custom Peer Group

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

ASSUMES $100 INVESTED ON JAN. 01, 2006
ASSUMES DIVIDEND REINVESTED

As of December 31,
PRAA
NASDAQ Global Market Composite Index
NASDAQ Market Index (U.S.)
Peer Group Index

12/31/2005 12/31/2006 12/31/2007
$87
$123
$122
$95

$100
$100
$100
$100

$101
$110
$113
$96

12/31/2008 12/31/2009 12/31/2010
$165
$126
$121
$66  

$98
$107
$104
$70

$74
$71
$72
$64

The comparisons of stock performance shown above are not intended to forecast or be indicative of possible 
future performance of the Company’s common stock. The Company does not make or endorse any predictions as 
to its future stock performance.   

Dividend Policy 

Our board of directors sets our dividend policy.  We do not currently pay regular dividends on our Common 
Stock and did not pay dividends in 2010 or 2009; however, our board of directors may determine in the future to 
declare or pay dividends on our Common Stock.  Under the terms of our credit facility, cash dividends may not 
exceed $20 million in any fiscal year.  Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends 
will  be  at  the  discretion  of  our  board  of  directors  and  will  depend  on  then  existing  conditions,  including  our 
financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  contractual  restrictions,  capital  requirements,  business  prospects  and 
other factors that our board of directors may consider relevant.  

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data. 

The  following  selected  financial  data  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  audited  consolidated  financial 
statements.  

INCO ME STATEMENT DATA:
(In thousands, except per share data)
Revenues:

Income recognized on finance receivables, net
Fee income
T otal revenues
Operating expenses:

Compensation and employee services
Legal and agency fees and costs
Outside fees and services
Communications
Rent and occupancy
Depreciation and amortization
Other operating expenses

T otal operating expenses
Income from operations
Interest income
Interest expense
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes

Net income

2010

2009

2008

2007

2006

Ye ars Ende d De ce mbe r 31,

$        

309,680
63,026
372,706

$        

215,612
65,479
281,091

$           

206,486
56,789
263,275

$           

184,705
36,043
220,748

$          

163,357
24,965
188,322

124,077
60,941
12,554
17,226
5,313
12,437
10,296
242,844
129,862
65
(9,052)
120,875
47,004

106,388
46,978
9,570
14,773
4,761
9,213
8,799
200,482
80,609
3
(7,909)
72,703
28,397

88,073
52,869
8,883
10,304
3,908
7,424
6,977
178,438
84,837
60
(11,151)
73,746
28,384

69,022
40,187
7,287
8,531
3,105
5,517
5,915
139,564
81,184
419
(3,704)
77,899
29,658

58,142
33,318
6,821
5,876
2,276
5,131
4,758
116,322
72,000
584
(378)
72,206
27,716

$          

73,871

$          

44,306

$             

45,362

$             

48,241

$            

44,490

Less net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest

(417)

-

-

-

-

Net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.

$          

73,454

$          

44,306

$             

45,362

$             

48,241

$            

44,490

Net income per share attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc:

Basic
Diluted

Weighted average number of shares outstanding:

Basic
Diluted

O PERATING AND O THER FINANCIAL DATA:
(Dollars in thousands)

Cash collections and fee income (1)
Operating expenses to cash collections and fee income

Return on equity (2)

Acquisitions of finance receivables, at cost  (3)
Acquisitions of finance receivables, at face value
Employees at period end:
T otal employees

Ratio of collection personnel to total employees (4)

$              
$              

4.37
4.35

$              
$              

2.87
2.87

$                 
$                 

2.98
2.97

$                 
$                 

3.08
3.06

$                
$                

2.80
2.77

16,820
16,885

15,420
15,455

15,229
15,292

15,646
15,779

15,911
16,082

$        

592,367
41%

$        

433,482
46%

$           

383,488
47%

$           

298,209
47%

$          

261,357
45%

17%

14%

17%

20%

20%

$        
$     

367,443
6,804,952

$        
$     

288,889
8,109,694

$           
$        

280,336
4,588,234

$           
$      

263,809
11,113,830

$          
$       

112,406
7,788,158

2,473

86%

2,213

86%

2,032

87%

1,677

88%

1,291

88%

(1)  Includes both cash collected on finance receivables and fee income earned during the relevant period. 
(2)  Calculated by dividing net income for each year by average monthly stockholders’ equity for the same year. 
(3)  Represents cash paid for finance receivables.  It does not include certain capitalized costs or buybacks. 
(4)  Includes all collectors and all first-line collection supervisors at December 31. 

Below are listed certain key balance sheet data for the periods presented: 

(Dollars in thousands)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents
Finance receivables, net
T otal assets
Long-term debt
T otal debt, including obligations under capital lease and line of credit
T otal stockholders' equity

2010

As of De ce mber 31,
2008

2009

2007

2006

$   

41,094
831,330
995,908
2,396
302,396
490,516

$   

20,265
693,462
794,433
1,499
320,799
335,480

$ 
13,901
563,830
657,840

-

$ 
16,730
410,297
476,307

-

268,305
283,863

168,103
235,280

$ 
25,101
226,447
293,378
690
932
247,278

29

 
 
 
  
            
            
               
               
              
          
          
             
             
            
          
          
               
               
              
            
            
               
               
              
            
              
                 
                 
                
            
            
               
                 
                
              
              
                 
                 
                
            
              
                 
                 
                
            
              
                 
                 
                
          
          
             
             
            
          
            
               
               
              
                   
                     
                      
                    
                   
             
             
             
               
                 
          
            
               
               
              
            
            
               
               
              
                
                  
                    
                    
                   
            
            
               
               
              
            
            
               
               
              
              
              
                 
                 
                
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
       
       
         
         
        
   
   
 
 
        
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Below are listed the quarterly consolidated income statements for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009: 

(In thousands, except per share data)
INC O ME STATEMENT DATA:
Revenues:

Income recognized on finance receivables, net
Fee income
T otal revenues
Operating expenses:

Compensation and employee services
Legal and agency fees and costs
Outside fees and services
Communications
Rent and occupancy
Depreciation and amortization
Other operating expenses

T otal operating expenses
Income from operations
Interest income
Interest expense
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes

Net income

De c. 31,
2010

Se pt. 30,
2010

June  30, Mar. 31,

2010

2010

Dec. 31,
2009

Sept. 30,
2009

June  30, Mar. 31,

2009

2009

For the  Q uarter Ende d

$    

84,783
15,972
100,755

$    

80,026
15,518
95,544

$    

76,920
16,109
93,029

$    

67,951
15,427
83,378

$    

55,962
17,254
73,216

$    

54,336
14,229
68,565

$    

54,038
17,069
71,107

$    

51,276
16,927
68,203

32,350
17,367
3,100
4,066
1,402
3,387
2,808
64,480
36,275
29
(2,517)
33,787
13,156

31,213
16,748
3,470
4,000
1,362
3,294
2,634
62,721
32,823
-
(2,178)
30,645
11,888

30,872
13,488
3,155
4,102
1,297
3,206
2,580
58,700
34,329
-
(2,177)
32,152
12,474

29,642
13,338
2,829
5,058
1,252
2,550
2,274
56,943
26,435
36
(2,180)
24,291
9,486

26,447
12,518
2,716
3,616
1,245
2,339
2,234
51,115
22,101
-
(2,018)
20,083
7,667

26,844
11,296
2,284
3,472
1,270
2,269
2,341
49,776
18,789
-
(1,964)
16,825
6,729

26,434
11,047
2,459
4,213
1,163
2,330
2,236
49,882
21,225
-
(1,949)
19,276
7,554

26,663
12,118
2,111
3,472
1,082
2,275
1,988
49,709
18,494
3
(1,978)
16,519
6,447

$    

20,631

$    

18,757

$    

19,678

$    

14,805

$    

12,416

$    

10,096

$    

11,722

$    

10,072

Less net income/(loss) attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest

(14)

276

150

5

-

-

-

-

Net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.

$    

20,645

$    

18,481

$    

19,528

$    

14,800

$    

12,416

$    

10,096

$    

11,722

$    

10,072

Net income per share attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc:

Basic
Diluted

Weighted average number of shares outstanding:

Basic
Diluted

$        
$        

1.21
1.20

$        
$        

1.08
1.08

$        
$        

1.15
1.14

$        
$        

0.91
0.91

$        
$        

0.80
0.80

$        
$        

0.65
0.65

$        
$        

0.76
0.76

$        
$        

0.66
0.66

17,063
17,165

17,058
17,093

16,970
17,080

16,191
16,203

15,505
15,531

15,466
15,502

15,377
15,415

15,334
15,367

Below are listed the quarterly consolidated balance sheets for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009: 

Dec. 31,
2010

Sept. 30,
2010

June 30,
2010

Mar. 31,
2010

Dec. 31,
2009

Sept. 30,
2009

June 30,
2009

Mar. 31,
2009

Q uarter Ende d

(Dollars in thousands)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Finance receivables, net
Accounts receivable, net
Income taxes receivable
Property and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Other assets
T otal assets

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Liabilities

Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Accrued payroll and bonuses
Deferred tax liability
Line of credit
Long-term debt
Derivative instrument
T otal liabilities

$                  

$                  

$                  

$                  

$                  

$                  

$                  

$                  

41,094
831,330
8,932
2,363
24,270
61,678
18,466
7,775
995,908

20,297
807,239
7,789
2,603
22,794
61,665
19,945
5,405
947,737

18,250
775,606
8,159
1,877
23,230
61,665
21,425
4,809
915,021

23,006
742,484
8,752
1,439
21,925
49,053
30,018
5,773
882,450

20,265
693,462
9,169
4,460
21,864
29,299
10,756
5,158
794,433

19,874
660,879
6,909
5,893
22,093
29,299
11,425
3,310
759,682

15,661
624,592
7,315
4,213
22,112
28,815
12,093
4,037
718,838

$                

$                

$                

$                

$                

$                

$                

$                

16,549
576,600
8,617
3,289
23,106
27,646
12,761
3,755
672,323

$                    

3,227
4,904
15,445
164,971
300,000
2,396
-

490,943

$                    

5,739
6,922
10,447
151,638
288,500
998
537
464,781

$                    

5,445
6,227
9,124
139,111
289,500
1,167
640
451,214

$                    

5,079
6,264
8,298
126,234
296,300
1,334
809
444,318

$                    

4,108
4,506
11,633
117,206
319,300
1,499
701
458,953

$                    

3,957
3,463
11,294
110,333
306,300
1,663
566
437,576

$                    

3,281
4,797
7,783
102,001
289,800
1,824
215
409,701

$                    

3,622
3,544
6,696
94,118
266,300
1,983
362
376,625

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

14,449

14,531

15,080

15,328

-

-

-

-

Stockholders' equity
Common stock
Additional paid in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss), 
net of taxes
T otal stockholders' equity

T otal liabilities and stockholders' equity

171
163,538
326,807

-

$                

490,516
995,908

171
162,418
306,164

170
161,267
287,681

170
154,975
268,153

155
82,400
253,353

155
81,358
240,939

154
78,274
230,841

153
76,647
219,119

(328)
468,425
947,737

$                

(391)
448,727
915,021

$                

(494)
422,804
882,450

$                

(428)
335,480
794,433

$                

(346)
322,106
759,682

$                

(132)
309,137
718,838

$                

(221)
295,698
672,323

$                

30

 
 
 
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
    
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
             
           
           
             
           
           
           
               
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
        
        
        
        
        
           
           
           
               
           
           
           
           
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                    
                    
                      
                      
                    
                    
                      
                      
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                    
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                      
                         
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                         
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                    
                    
                    
                    
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                  
                  
                  
                  
                    
                    
                    
                    
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                         
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Below are certain key financial data and ratios for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008: 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Years Ended
December 31,
2009

2008

$       

215,612
65,479
281,091
200,482
80,609
7,906
44,306
44,306

$       

206,486
56,789
263,275
178,438
84,837
11,091
45,362
45,362

$          

20,265
693,462
40,055
794,433
319,300
458,953
335,480

$          

13,901
563,830
40,975
657,840
268,300
373,977
283,863

$       

368,003
124,756
152,391

$       

326,699
100,823
120,213

$       

41.4%
44.7%
893,716
521,730
1,415,446

$       

36.8%
39.4%
848,601
266,964
1,115,565

$          

$          

$          

$          

51,255
7.39%
27,635
11.36%
7.51%

23,620
4.19%
19,390
8.58%
5.94%

149,998
3,424,313
217,445
3,380,639
367,442
6,804,952
305

$       

126,334
4,435,068
162,470
3,674,626
288,804
8,109,694
407

167,318
3,467,949
113,018
1,120,285
280,336
4,588,234
260

$              

$              

2.87
15,454
44.85

2.97
15,292
33.84

$            

$            

14.16%
15.76%
28.68%
46.25%
95.62%

17.27%
17.23%
32.22%
46.53%
94.52%

$                
$                
$                  

145
113
87
1,325
2,213
433,483
45,700

$       

$                
$                
$                  

131
110
75
1,249
2,032
383,488
96,700

$       

41.5%
44.8%
974,108
749,410
1,723,518

309,680
63,026
372,706
242,844
129,862
8,987
73,871
73,454

41,094
831,330
80,144
995,908
300,000
490,943
490,516

529,342
194,509
219,662

2010

$       

$       

$       

$          

(dollars in thousands)
EARNINGS
Income recognized on finance receivables, net
Fee income
Total revenues
Operating expenses
Income from operations
Net interest expense
Net income
Net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
PERIOD-END BALANCES
Cash and cash equivalents
Finance receivables, net
Goodwill and intangible assets, net
Total assets
Line of credit
Total liabilities
Total equity
FINANCE RECEIVABLE COLLECTIONS
Cash collections
Principal amortization without allowance charges
Principal amortization with allowance charges
Principal amortization w/ allowance charges as % of cash collections:
   Including fully amortized pools
   Excluding fully amortized pools
Estimated remaining collections - core
Estimated remaining collections - bankruptcy
Estimated remaining collections - total
ALLOWANCE FOR FINANCE RECEIVABLES
Balance at period-end
Balance at period-end to net finance receivables
Allowance charge
Allowance charge to finance receivable income
Allowance charge to cash collections
PURCHASES OF FINANCE RECEIVABLES
Purchase price - core
Face value - core
Purchase price - bankruptcy
Face value - bankruptcy
Purchase price - total
Face value - total
Number of portfolios - total
PER SHARE DATA
Net income per common share - diluted
Weighted average number of shares outstanding - diluted
Closing market price
RATIOS AND OTHER DATA
Return on average equity (1)
Return on revenue (2)
Operating margin (3)
Operating expense to cash receipts (4)
Debt to equity (5)
Cash  collections per collector hour paid:
   Total
   Excluding bankruptcy collections
   Excluding bankruptcy and external legal collections
Number of collectors
Number of employees
Cash receipts (4)
Line of credit - unused portion at period end
(1)  Calculated as annualized net income divided by average equity for the period
(2)  Calculated as net income divided by total revenues
(3)  Calculated as income from operations divided by total revenues
(4)  "Cash receipts" is defined as cash collections plus fee income
(5)  For purposes of this ratio, "debt" equals the line of credit balance plus long-term debt

$                
$                
$                

$              

$            

$          

$          

$       

$       

4.35
16,885
75.20

194
129
100
1,472
2,473
592,367
107,500

76,407
9.19%
25,152
7.51%
4.75%

16.56%
19.82%
34.84%
41.00%
61.65%

31

 
 
 
            
            
            
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
            
            
              
              
            
            
            
            
            
            
            
          
          
          
            
            
            
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
      
      
      
          
      
      
      
          
          
          
      
      
      
          
          
          
      
      
      
            
            
            
          
            
            
 
Item  7.    Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of 
Operations. 

Overview 

Portfolio  Recovery  Associates is a diversified financial and business services company.  We are a leading 
company in the business of purchasing and collecting defaulted consumer receivables.  Those finance receivables 
fall into two general categories:  purchased bankruptcy portfolios and core portfolios.  Revenue for this part of 
our  business  consists  of  cash  collections  received  less  amounts  applied  to  principal  on  the  Company’s  owned 
debt portfolios.       

Through our subsidiaries, we provide a broad range of fee-based business services.  Those services include 
collateral  location  services  to  credit  originators through our IGS subsidiary; revenue administration, discovery, 
and  compliance  services  to  governmental  entities  through  RDS  and  MuniServices,  our  government  services 
subsidiaries; and class action claims recovery services through our CCB subsidiary.    

Portfolio Recovery Associates is headquartered in Norfolk, Virginia, and employs approximately 2,500 team 
members.  The shares of Portfolio Recovery Associates are traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under 
the symbol “PRAA.”   

Earnings Summary 

For the year ended December 31, 2010, net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. was 
$73.5 million, or $4.35 per diluted share, compared with $44.3 million, or $2.87 per diluted share, for the year 
ended December 31, 2009.  Total revenue was $372.7 for the year ended December, 31, 2010, up 32.6% from the 
same year ago period.  Revenue during the year ended December 31, 2010 consisted of $309.7 million in income 
recognized  on  finance  receivables,  net  of  allowance  charges,  and  $63.0  million  in  fee  income.    Income 
recognized on finance receivables, net of allowance charges, increased $94.1 million, or 43.6%, over the same 
period in 2009, primarily as a result of a significant increase in cash collections.  Cash collections were $529.3 
million during the year ended December 31, 2010, up 43.8% over $368.0 million in the same year ago period.  
During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  the  Company  recorded  $25.2  million  in  net  allowance  charges, 
compared  with  $27.6  million  in  the  comparable  year  ago  period.    The  Company’s  performance  has  been 
positively impacted by significant increases in portfolio acquisitions and by operational efficiencies surrounding 
the  cash  collections  process,  including  the  continued  refinement  of  automated  dialer  technology  and  account 
scoring  analytics.    Additionally,  the  Company  has  continued  to  develop  its  internal  legal  collection  staff 
resources,  which  enables  us  to  place  accounts  into  that  channel  that  otherwise  would  have  been  prohibitively 
expensive for legal action.   

Fee  income  decreased  from  $65.5  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009  to  $63.0  million  in  the 
same period of 2010, mainly as a result of lower revenues generated from our existing fee for service businesses 
due primarily to the adverse impact of the economic slowdown on general business growth and governmental tax 
revenues.  This was offset by an increase in revenue generated as a result of the acquisition of a majority interest 
of CCB in March 2010.  

Operating expenses were $242.8 million for the year ended December, 31, 2010, up 21.1% over the same 
period  in  2009,  due  primarily  to  increased  compensation  expense  and  legal  costs.    Compensation  expense 
increased primarily as a result of larger staff sizes.  Legal and agency fees and costs increased from $47.0 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $60.9 million for the year ended December, 31, 2010.  This increase 
was  the  result  of  several  factors,  including  growth  in  the  size  of  our  owned  debt  portfolios,  expansion  of  our 
internal legal collection resources, and refinement of our internal scoring methodology that expanded our account 
selections for legal action. 

Results of Operations 

Our  business  revolves  around  the  detection,  collection  and  processing  of  both  unpaid  and  normal-course 
receivables  originally  owed  to  credit  grantors,  governments,  retailers  and  others.    The  results  of  operations 
include the financial results of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. and all of our subsidiaries, all of which are in 
the receivables management business.  Under the guidance of the FASB ASC Topic 280 “Segment Reporting” 
32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(“ASC 280”), we have determined that we have several operating segments that meet the aggregation criteria of 
ASC 280, and therefore, we have one reportable segment, receivables management, based on similarities among 
the operating units including homogeneity of services, service delivery methods and use of technology. 

The following table sets forth certain operating data in dollars and as a percentage of total revenues for the 

years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008: 

(Dollars in thousands)
Revenues:

    Income recognized on finance receivables, net
    Fee income
Total revenues
Operating expenses:

Compensation and employee services
Legal and agency fees and costs
Outside fees and services
Communications
Rent and occupancy
Depreciation and amortization
Other operating expenses

Total operating expenses

Income from operations

Interest income
Interest expense

Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes

Net income

2010

2009

2008

$           

309,680
63,026
372,706

124,077
60,941
12,554
17,226
5,313
12,437
10,296
242,844
129,862
65
(9,052)
120,875
47,004
73,871

$             

83.1%
16.9
100.0

33.3
16.4
3.4
4.6
1.4
3.3
2.8
65.2
34.8
0.0
(2.4)
32.4
12.6
19.8%

$           

215,612
65,479
281,091

106,388
46,978
9,570
14,773
4,761
9,213
8,799
200,482
80,609
3
(7,909)
72,703
28,397
44,306

$             

76.7%
23.3
100.0

37.8
16.7
3.4
5.3
1.7
3.3
3.1
71.3
28.7
0.0
(2.8)
25.9
10.1
15.8%

$           

206,486
56,789
263,275

88,073
52,869
8,883
10,304
3,908
7,424
6,977
178,438
84,837
60
(11,151)
73,746
28,384
45,362

$             

78.4%
21.6
100.0

33.5
20.1
3.4
3.9
1.4
2.8
2.7
67.8
32.2
0.0
(4.2)
28.0
10.8
17.2%

  Less net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest

(417)

(0.1)

-

0.0

-

0.0

Net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.

$            

73,454

19.7%

$            

44,306

15.8%

$            

45,362

17.2%

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009 

Revenues 

Total revenues were $372.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $91.6 million or 

32.6% compared to total revenues of $281.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. 

Income Recognized on Finance Receivables, net 

Income recognized on finance receivables, net was $309.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an 
increase of $94.1 million or 43.6% compared to income recognized on finance receivables, net  of $215.6 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2009.  The increase was primarily due to an increase in our cash collections on 
our  owned  finance  receivables  to  $529.3  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010  compared  to  $368.0 
million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $161.3 million or 43.8%.  Our finance receivables 
amortization rate, including allowance charges, was 41.5% for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to 
41.4% for the year ended December 31, 2009.  During the year ended December 31, 2010, we acquired finance 
receivables portfolios with an aggregate face value amount of $6.8 billion at a cost of $367.4 million.  During the 
year ended December 31, 2009, we acquired finance receivable portfolios with an aggregate face value of $8.1 
billion  at  a  cost  of  $288.9  million.    In  any  period,  we  acquire  defaulted  consumer  receivables  that  can  vary 
dramatically in their age, type and ultimate collectability.  We may pay significantly different purchase rates for 
purchased  receivables  within  any  period  as  a  result  of  this  quality  fluctuation.  In  addition,  market  forces  can 
drive pricing rates up or down in any period, irrespective of other quality fluctuations.  As a result, the average 
purchase rate paid for any given period can fluctuate dramatically based on our particular buying activity in that 
period.    However,  regardless  of  the  average  purchase  price  and  for  similar  time  frames,  we  intend  to  target  a 
similar internal rate of return, after direct expenses, in pricing our portfolio acquisitions; therefore, the absolute 
rate paid is not relevant to estimated profitability of a period’s buying. 

Income recognized on finance receivables, net is shown net of changes in valuation allowances recognized 
under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality” (“ASC 
310-30”), which requires that a valuation allowance be recorded for significant decreases in expected cash flows 

33

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
or  change  in  timing  of  cash  flows  which  would  otherwise  require  a  reduction  in  the  stated  yield  on  a  pool  of 
accounts.    As  such,  allowance  charges  are  netted  against  income  recognized  on  finance  receivables  in  the 
Consolidated Income Statements and are included in collections applied to principal on finance receivables in the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows.    For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  we  recorded  net  allowance 
charges  of  $25.2  million,  the  majority  of  which  related  to  non-bankruptcy portfolios acquired in 2005 through 
2007.  For the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded net allowance charges of $27.6 million, the majority 
of which related to non-bankruptcy portfolios acquired in 2005 through 2008.  In any given period, we may be 
required to record valuation allowances due to pools of receivables underperforming our expectations.  Factors 
that may contribute to the recording of valuation allowances may include both internal as well as external factors.  
External factors which may have an impact on the collectability, and subsequently to the overall profitability of 
purchased  pools  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables  include:  overall  market  pricing  for  pools  of  consumer 
receivables (which is driven by both supply and demand), new laws or regulations relating to collections, new 
interpretations of existing laws or regulations, and the overall condition of the economy.  Internal factors which 
may  have  an  impact  on  the  collectability,  and  subsequently  the  overall  profitability  of  purchased  pools  of 
defaulted  consumer  receivables  would  include:    necessary  revisions  to  initial  and  post-acquisition  scoring  and 
modeling estimates, non-optimal operational activities (which relates to the collection and movement of accounts 
on both our collection floor and external channels), as well as decreases in productivity related to turnover and 
tenure of our collection staff.  Due to the extraordinary deterioration of the U.S. economy beginning in the fourth 
quarter of 2008, our collection efforts continued to be more challenging in the year ended December 31, 2010, 
which  exacerbated  the  typical  effects  of  these  external  and  internal  factors  for  that  period.    These  combined 
factors have contributed to the valuation allowances that we recorded during the year ended December 31, 2010. 

Fee Income 

Fee  income  was  $63.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, a decrease of $2.5 million or 3.8% 
compared to fee income of $65.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.  Fee income declined as a result 
of a decrease in revenue generated by our MuniServices government processing and collection business and our 
IGS  fee-for-service  business,  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  revenue  generated  by  our  RDS  government 
processing  and  collection  business  as  well  as  revenue  generated  through  the  acquisition  of  a  62%  controlling 
interest  in  CCB  on  March  15,  2010.    IGS  revenues  were  negatively  affected  by  reduced  levels  of  automotive 
financings.    MuniServices  revenues  were  negatively  impacted  by  declines  in  sales  and  use  tax  volumes  in 
California and by reductions in municipal budgets. 

Operating Expenses 

Total operating expenses were $242.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $42.3 
million or 21.1% compared to total operating expenses of $200.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.  
Total  operating  expenses  were  41.0%  of  cash  receipts  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010  compared  with 
46.3% for the same period in 2009. 

Compensation and Employee Services 

Compensation and employee services expenses were $124.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, 
an  increase  of  $17.7  million  or  16.6%  compared  to  compensation  and  employee  services  expenses  of  $106.4 
million for the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase is mainly due to an overall increase in our owned 
portfolio  collection  staff.    Compensation  and  employee  services  expenses  increased  as  total  employees  grew 
11.7% to 2,473 as of December 31, 2010 from 2,213 as of December 31, 2009.  Additionally, existing employees 
received normal salary increases.  Compensation and employee services expenses as a percentage of cash receipts 
decreased to 21.0% for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 24.5% of cash receipts for the same period in 
2009. 

Legal and Agency Fees and Costs 

Legal and agency fees and costs were $60.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of 
$13.9  million  or  29.6%  compared  to  legal  and  agency  fees  and  costs  of  $47.0  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2009. Of the $13.9 million increase, $17.6 million was attributable to an increase in legal fees and 
costs incurred resulting from accounts referred to both our in house attorneys and outside independent contingent 
fee attorneys. This increase was largely due to the refinement of our internal scoring methodology that expanded 
34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
our account selections for legal action.  Growth in the size of our owned debt portfolios and expansion of our 
internal  legal  collection  resources  were  also  contributing  factors.    The  increase  in  legal  fees  and  costs  was 
partially offset by a $3.7 million decline in agency fees due primarily to reduced business activity associated with 
IGS. Total legal fees paid to independent contingent fee attorneys for the year ended December 31, 2010 were 
22.3% of external legal cash collections compared to 23.0% for the year ended December 31, 2009.  These legal 
fees  represent  the  contingent  fees  for  the  cash  collections  generated  by  our  independent  third  party  attorney 
network.    Total  legal  costs  paid  to  bring  suit  on  our  legal  accounts  totaled  $31.3  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2010 up from  $11.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.  As a percentage of total legal 
collections,  these  legal  costs  were  24.9%  and  18.1%  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010  and  2009, 
respectively. 

Outside Fees and Services 

Outside fees and services expenses were $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of 
$3.0 million or 31.3% compared to outside legal and other fees and services expenses of $9.6 million for the year 
ended  December  31,  2009.  Of  the  $3.0  million  increase,  $1.3  million  was  attributable  to  an  increase  in  our 
corporate legal expenses while the remaining $1.7 million increase was due to increases in other outside fees and 
services and accounting fees.  

Communications 

Communications  expenses  were  $17.2  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  an  increase  of $2.4 
million or 16.2% compared to communications expenses of $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.  
The  increase  was  mainly  due  to  a  growth  in  mailings  due  to  an  increase  in  special  letter  campaigns.    The 
remaining  increase  was  attributable  to  higher  telephone  expenses  driven  by  a  greater  number  of  finance 
receivables to work, as well as a significant expansion of our dialer capacity and related calls that are generated 
by the dialer.  Mailings were responsible for 87.5% or $2.1 million of this increase, while the remaining 12.5% or 
$0.3 million was attributable to increased call volumes. 

Rent and Occupancy 

Rent and occupancy expenses were $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $0.5 
million  or  10.4%  compared  to  rent  and  occupancy  expenses  of  $4.8  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2009.  The increase was due to the expansion of our Hampton, Virginia call center, the additional space resulting 
from our acquisition of a 62% controlling interest in CCB on March 15, 2010, the relocation of our IGS business 
to another location during 2009 and other renewals and expansions, as well as increased utility charges.  

Depreciation and Amortization 

Depreciation  and  amortization  expenses  were  $12.4  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  an 
increase  of  $3.2  million  or  34.8%  compared  to  depreciation  and  amortization  expenses  of  $9.2  million  for  the 
year  ended  December  31,  2009.    The  increase  is  mainly  due  to  additional  expenses  incurred  related  to  the 
depreciation  and  amortization  of  the  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired  in  the  acquisition  of  a  62% 
controlling  interest  in  CCB  on  March  15,  2010.    Additional  increases  are  the  result  of  continued  capital 
expenditures on equipment, software and computers related to our growth and systems upgrades. 

Other Operating Expenses 

Other  operating  expenses  were  $10.3  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  an  increase  of  $1.5 
million or 17.0% compared to other operating expenses of $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.  
The  increase  was  mainly  due  to  increases  in  various  expenses  related  to  general  growth  of  the  Company.    No 
individual item represents a significant portion of the overall increase. 

Interest Income 

Interest  income  was  $65,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  an  increase  of  $61,000  compared  to 
interest income of $3,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009.  This increase is the result of interest earned 
and a refund received on the overpayment of federal and state income taxes. 

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Expense 

Interest  expense  was  $9.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  an  increase  of  $1.2  million  or 
15.2% compared to interest expense of $7.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.  The increase was 
mainly  due  to  an  increase  in  our  average  borrowings  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010  compared  to  the 
same  period  in  2009,  and  the  termination  of  our  interest  rate  swap  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2010,  both  of 
which were partially offset by a decrease in our weighted average variable interest rate which decreased to 2.46% 
for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to 2.62% for the year ended December 31, 2009. 

Provision for Income Taxes  

Income tax expense was $47.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $18.6 million 
or 65.5% compared to income tax expense of $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.  The increase 
is  mainly  due  to  an  increase  of  66.3%  in  income  before  taxes  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010  when 
compared to the same period in 2009.  This was offset by a slight decrease in the effective tax rate of 38.9% for 
the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to 39.1% for the same period in 2009. 

Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008 

Revenues 

Total revenues were $281.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $17.8 million or 

6.8% compared to total revenues of $263.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. 

Income Recognized on Finance Receivables, net 

Income recognized on finance receivables, net was $215.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an 
increase of $9.1 million or 4.4% compared to income recognized on finance receivables, net  of $206.5 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2008.  The increase was primarily due to an increase in cash collections on our 
owned finance receivables to $368.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $326.7 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $41.3 million or 12.6%.  This was partially offset by an 
increase in our finance receivables amortization rate, including the allowance charge, to 41.4% for the year ended 
December  31,  2009  compared  to  36.8%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008.    During  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2009,  we  acquired  finance  receivables  portfolios  with  an  aggregate  face  value  amount  of  $8.1 
billion at a cost of $288.9 million.  During the year ended December 31, 2008, we acquired finance receivable 
portfolios  with  an  aggregate  face  value  of  $4.6  billion  at  a  cost  of  $280.3  million.    In  any  period,  we  acquire 
finance  receivables  that  can  vary  dramatically  in  their  age,  type  and  ultimate  collectibility.    We  may  pay 
significantly  different  purchase  rates  for  purchased  receivables  within  any  period  as  a  result  of  this  quality 
fluctuation.  In  addition,  market  forces  can  drive  pricing  rates  up  or  down  in  any  period,  irrespective  of  other 
quality fluctuations.  As a result, the average purchase rate paid for any given period can fluctuate dramatically 
based on our particular buying activity in that period.  However, regardless of the average purchase price and for 
similar  time  frames,  we  intend  to  target  a  similar  internal  rate  of  return,  after  direct  expenses,  in  pricing  our 
portfolio  acquisitions;  therefore,  the  absolute  rate  paid  is  not  relevant  to  estimated  profitability  of  a  period’s 
buying. 

Income recognized on finance receivables, net is shown net of changes in valuation allowances recognized 
under ASC 310-30, which requires that a valuation allowance be recorded for significant decreases in expected 
cash flows or change in timing of cash flows which would otherwise require a reduction in the stated yield on a 
pool of accounts.  As such, allowance charges are netted against income recognized on finance receivables in the 
Consolidated Income Statements and are included in collections applied to principal on finance receivables in the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows.    For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  we  recorded  net  allowance 
charges  of  $27,635,000.    For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  we  recorded  net  allowance  charges  of 
$19,390,000.  In any given period, we may be required to record valuation allowances due to pools of receivables 
underperforming  our  expectations.    Factors  that  may  contribute  to  the  recording  of  valuation  allowances  may 
include both internal as well as external factors.  External factors which may have an impact on the collectability, 
and subsequently to the overall profitability of purchased pools of defaulted consumer receivables would include: 
overall market pricing for pools of consumer receivables (which is driven by both supply and demand), new laws 
or regulations relating to collections, new interpretations of existing laws or regulations, and the overall condition 
36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of the economy.  Internal factors which may have an impact on the collectability, and subsequently the overall 
profitability of purchased pools of defaulted consumer receivables would include:  necessary revisions to initial 
and  post-acquisition  scoring  and  modeling  estimates,  non-optimal  operational  activities  (which  relates  to  the 
collection and movement of accounts on both our collection floor and external channels), as well as decreases in 
productivity related to turnover and tenure of our collection staff.  Due to the extraordinary deterioration of the 
U.S. economy beginning in the fourth quarter of 2008, our collection efforts became more challenging in the year 
ended  December  31,  2009,  which  exacerbated  the  typical  effects  of  these  external  and  internal  factors  for  that 
period.  These combined factors have contributed to the valuation allowances that we recorded during the year 
ended December 31, 2009. 

Fee Income 

Fee income was $65.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $8.7 million or 15.3% 
compared to fee income of $56.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  Fee income grew as a result of 
the  acquisitions  of  MuniServices  on  July  1,  2008  and  Broussard  Partners  and  Associates,  Inc.    on  August  1, 
2008, as well as an increase in revenue generated by our RDS government processing and collection business, 
partially  offset  by  a  decrease  in  revenue  generated  by  our  IGS  fee-for-service  business  and  our  Anchor 
contingent fee business, which ceased operations in the second quarter of 2008. 

Operating Expenses 

Total operating expenses were $200.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $22.1 
million or 12.4% compared to total operating expenses of $178.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  
Total  operating  expenses  were  46.3%  of  cash  receipts  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009  compared  with 
46.5% for the same period in 2008. 

Compensation and Employee Services 

Compensation and employee services expenses were $106.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, 
an  increase  of  $18.3  million  or  20.8%  compared  to  compensation  and  employee  services  expenses  of  $88.1 
million for the year ended December 31, 2008. This increase is mainly due to the acquisition of MuniServices on 
July 1, 2008, as well as an overall increase in our owned portfolio collection staff.  In addition, in conjunction 
with  the  renewal  of  their  employment  agreements,  our  Named  Executive  Officers  and  other  senior  executives 
were awarded nonvested shares which vested on January 1, 2009.  As a result of the vesting of these shares, we 
recorded  stock-based  compensation  expense  in  connection  with  these  shares,  in  the  amount  of  approximately 
$1.4  million  during  the  first  quarter  of  2009.    Also,  we  reversed  $1.2  million  of  estimated  share-based 
compensation  costs  in  the  third  quarter  of  2008,  that  had  been  accrued  in  2007  and  2008  relating  to  the  2007 
Long  Term  Incentive  Program.      Compensation  and  employee  services  expenses  increased  as  total  employees 
grew  8.9%  to  2,213  as  of  December  31,  2009  from  2,032  as  of  December  31,  2008.    Additionally,  existing 
employees received normal salary increases.  Compensation and employee services expenses as a percentage of 
cash receipts increased to 24.5% for the year ended December 31, 2009 from 23.0% of cash receipts for the same 
period in 2008. 

Legal and Agency Fees and Costs 

Legal  and  agency  fees  and  costs  expenses  were  $47.0  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  a 
decrease  of  $5.9  million  or  11.2%  compared  to  legal  and  agency  fees  and  costs  of  $52.9  million  for  the  year 
ended December 31, 2008. Of the $5.9 million decrease, $5.5 million was attributable to a decrease in legal fees 
and  costs  incurred  resulting  from  accounts  referred  to  both  our  in  house  attorneys  and  outside  third-party 
contingent  fee  attorneys.  The  remaining  $0.4  million  decrease  was  attributable  to  a  decrease  in  agency  fees 
mainly incurred by our IGS subsidiary. Total outside legal expenses paid to third-party contingent fee attorneys 
for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009  were  42.3%  of  legal  cash  collections  generated  by  contingent  fee 
attorneys  compared  to  39.4%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008.    Outside  legal  fees  and  costs  paid  to 
independent  contingent  fee  attorneys  decreased  from  $33.3  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008  to 
$27.6  million,  a  decrease  of  $5.7  million  or  17.1%,  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009.    Additionally,  as 
disclosed previously, we also effectuate legal collections using our own in-house attorneys.  Total legal expenses 
incurred by our in-house attorneys for the year ended December 31, 2009 were 17.5% of legal cash collections 
generated by our in-house attorneys compared to 41.4% for the year ended December 31, 2008.  Legal fees and 
37

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
costs incurred by our in-house attorneys increased from $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to 
$3.8 million, an increase of $0.3 million or 8.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2009. 

Outside Fees and Services 

Outside fees and services expenses were $9.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of 
$0.7 million or 7.9% compared to outside legal and other fees and services expenses of $8.9 million for the year 
ended  December  31,  2008.  The  $0.7  million  increase  was  attributable  to  an  increase  in  other  outside  fees  and 
services and corporate legal and accounting.  

Communications 

Communications  expenses  were  $14.8  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  an  increase  of $4.5 
million or 43.7% compared to communications expenses of $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  
The  increase  was  mainly  due  to  a  growth  in  mailings  due  to  an  increase  in  special  letter  campaigns  which 
increased  by  $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 when compared to the year ago period.  The 
remaining  increase  was  attributable  to  higher  telephone  expenses  driven  by  a  greater  number  of  finance 
receivables to work, as well as a significant expansion of our dialer capacity and related calls that are generated 
by the dialer.  Mailings were responsible for 95.6% or $4.3 million of this increase, while the remaining 4.4% or 
$0.2 million was attributable to increased call volumes. 

Rent and Occupancy 

Rent and occupancy expenses were $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $0.9 
million  or  23.1%  compared  to  rent  and  occupancy  expenses  of  $3.9  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2008.  The increase was primarily due to the acquisition of MuniServices on July 1, 2008 and the relocation of 
our IGS business to another location during 2009, as well as increased utility charges.  

Depreciation and Amortization 

Depreciation  and  amortization  expenses  were  $9.2  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  an 
increase  of  $1.8  million  or  24.3%  compared  to  depreciation  and  amortization  expenses  of  $7.4  million  for  the 
year  ended  December  31,  2008.    The  increase  is  mainly  due  to  additional  expenses  incurred  related  to  the 
depreciation and amortization of the tangible and intangible assets acquired in the acquisition of MuniServices 
and  the  acquisition  of  the  assets  of  BPA  on  August  1,  2008.    Additional  increases  are  the  result  of  continued 
capital expenditures on equipment, software and computers related to our growth and systems upgrades. 

Other Operating Expenses 

Other  operating  expenses  were  $8.8  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  an  increase  of  $1.8 
million or 25.7% compared to other operating expenses of $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  
The  increase  was  due  to  increases  in  various  expenses  mainly  as  a  result  of  the  addition  of  MuniServices  and 
BPA.  No individual item represents a significant portion of the overall increase.  

Interest Income 

Interest  income  was  $3,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  a  decrease  of  $57,000  or  95.0% 
compared to interest income of $60,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008. This decrease is mainly due to 
lower average invested cash and cash equivalents balances during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared 
to the same period in 2008. 

Interest Expense 

Interest  expense  was  $7.9  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  a  decrease  of  $3.3  million 
compared to interest expense of $11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  The decrease was mainly 
due  to  a  decrease  in  our  weighted  average  variable  interest  rate  which  decreased  to  2.62%  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2009 as compared to 4.60% for the year ended December 31, 2008, partially offset by an increase 
in our average borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the same period in 2008. 

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for Income Taxes  

Income tax expense was $28.4 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.  Pre-tax 
income  for  the  year  ending  December  31,  2009  decreased  by  $1.0  million  as  compared  to  the  year  ending 
December 31, 2008; however, income tax expense remained the same due to the impact of permanent items, state 
tax credits and prior year true-up which resulted in a lower effective tax rate for the year ending December 31, 
2008 when compared to the same period in 2009. 

Supplemental Performance Data 

Owned Portfolio Performance: 

The following tables show certain data related to our owned portfolio.  These tables describe the purchase 
price,  cash  collections  and  related  multiples.    Further,  these  tables  disclose  our  entire  portfolio,  as  well  as  its 
subsets; the portfolio of purchased bankrupt accounts and our core portfolio.   The accounts represented in the 
purchased  bankruptcy  tables  are  those  portfolios of accounts that were bankrupt at the time of purchase.  This 
contrasts  with  accounts  that  file  bankruptcy  after  we  purchase  them,  which  continue  to  be  tracked  in  their 
corresponding core portfolio. 

The purchase price multiples for 2005 through 2010 described in the table below are lower than historical 
multiples  in  previous  years.    This  trend  is  primarily,  but  not  entirely  related  to  pricing  competition.    When 
competition increases, and or supply decreases so that pricing becomes negatively impacted on a relative basis 
(total lifetime collections in relation to purchase price), yields tend to trend lower.   

Additionally,  however,  the  way  we  initially  book  newly  acquired  pools  of  accounts  and  how  we  forecast 
future estimated collections for any given portfolio of accounts has evolved over the years due to a number of 
factors including the current economic situation.  Since our revenue recognition under ASC 310-30 is driven by 
both the ultimate magnitude of estimated lifetime collections as well as the timing of those collections, we have 
progressed  towards  booking  new  portfolio  purchases  using  a  higher  confidence  level  for  both  estimated 
collection  amounts  and  pace.    Subsequent  to  the initial booking, as we gain collection experience and comfort 
with a pool of accounts, we continuously update ERC.  Since our inception, these processes have tended to cause 
the ratio of collections, including ERC, to purchase price for any given year of buying to gradually increase over 
time.  As a result, our estimate of lifetime collections to purchase price has shown relatively steady increases as 
pools  have  aged.    Thus,  all  factors  being  equal  in  terms  of  pricing,  one  would  naturally  tend  to  see  a  higher 
collection to purchase price ratio from a pool of accounts that were six years from purchase than say a pool that 
was just two years from purchase.     

To  the  extent  that  lower  purchase  price  multiples  are  the  ultimate  result  of  more  competitive  pricing  and 
lower yields, this will generally lead to higher amortization rates (payments applied to principal as a percentage 
of  cash  collections),  lower  operating  margins  and  ultimately  lower  profitability.    As  portfolio  pricing  becomes 
more favorable on a relative basis, our profitability will tend to increase.  It is important to consider, however, 
that to the extent we can improve our collection operations by collecting additional cash from a discreet quantity 
and  quality  of  accounts,  and/or  by  collecting  cash  at  a  lower  cost  structure,  we  can  positively  impact  the 
collection to purchase price ratio and operating margins.  During 2008 and continuing through 2010, we made 
significant enhancements in our analytical abilities, management personnel and automated dialing capabilities, all 
with the intent to collect more cash at lower cost.  

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Information about our owned portfolios as of December 31, 2010 is as follows: 

Entire Portfolio ($ in thousands) 

Purchase

Period

Purchase
Price(1)

Total Estimated
Collections (2)

Net Finance 
Receivable Balance (3)

Life to Date 

Reserve
Allowance (4)

Reserve

Allowance to Unamortized

Collections

Estimated

Total Estimated

Allowance to
Purchase Price (5)

Purchase Price and
Reserve Allowance (6)

Including Cash Remaining 
Collections (7)

Sales

Collections to
Purchase Price (8)

Percentage of 

Percentage of Reserve

Actual Cash

1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
Total

$3,080
$7,685
$11,089
$18,898
$25,020
$33,481
$42,325
$61,448
$59,177
$143,171
$107,713
$258,397
$275,145
$281,583
$361,843
$1,690,055

$10,143
$25,395
$37,002
$68,445
$114,019
$171,214
$190,351
$253,276
$188,291
$310,837
$217,381
$505,826
$538,136
$720,932
$760,876
$4,112,124

$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$157
$20,756
$25,880
$100,180
$155,587
$198,715
$330,055
$831,330

$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$1,215
$16,817
$19,415
$18,315
$20,645
$0
$0
$76,407

0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
2%
12%
18%
7%
8%
0%
0%
5%

Purchased Bankruptcy Portfolio ($ in thousands) 

0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
2%
11%
15%
7%
7%
0%
0%
4%

$10,043
$25,122
$36,607
$67,165
$110,835
$166,673
$184,432
$243,452
$178,628
$270,650
$168,966
$335,138
$269,588
$234,745
$86,562
$2,388,606

$100
$273
$395
$1,280
$3,184
$4,541
$5,919
$9,824
$9,663
$40,187
$48,415
$170,688
$268,548
$486,187
$674,314
$1,723,518

329%
330%
334%
362%
456%
511%
450%
412%
318%
217%
202%
196%
196%
256%
210%
243%

Percentage of 

Percentage of Reserve

Actual Cash

Life to Date 

Reserve

Allowance to Unamortized

Collections

Estimated

Total Estimated

Purchase

Period

1996-2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
Total

Purchase
Price(1)

Total Estimated
Collections (2)

Net Finance 
Receivable Balance (3)

$0
$7,468
$29,301
$17,648
$78,557
$108,615
$156,064
$211,880
$609,533

$0
$14,176
$43,059
$30,973
$111,742
$183,857
$366,721
$389,812
$1,140,340

$0
$2
$222
$218
$26,584
$67,637
$125,270
$199,960
$419,893

Reserve
Allowance (4)
$0
$1,215
$872
$2,380
$1,910
$0
$0
$0
$6,377

Allowance to
Purchase Price (5)
0%
16%
3%
13%
2%
0%
0%
0%
1%

Purchase Price and
Reserve Allowance (6)
0%
14%
3%
12%
2%
0%
0%
0%
1%

Core Portfolio ($ in thousands) 

Sales

Including Cash Remaining 
Collections (7)
$0
$31
$303
$2,018
$32,461
$95,965
$268,306
$350,326
$749,410

$0
$14,145
$42,756
$28,955
$79,281
$87,892
$98,415
$39,486
$390,930

Collections to
Purchase Price (8)
0%
190%
147%
176%
142%
169%
235%
184%
187%

Purchase
Period

Purchase
Price(1)

Total Estimated
Collections (2)

Net Finance 
Receivable Balance (3)

Life to Date 

Reserve
Allowance (4)

Reserve

Allowance to Unamortized

Collections

Estimated

Total Estimated

Allowance to
Purchase Price (5)

Purchase Price and
Reserve Allowance (6)

Including Cash Remaining 
Collections (7)

Sales

Collections to
Purchase Price (8)

Percentage of 

Percentage of Reserve

Actual Cash

1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
Total

$3,080
$7,685
$11,089
$18,898
$25,020
$33,481
$42,325
$61,448
$51,709
$113,870
$90,065
$179,840
$166,530
$125,519
$149,963
$1,080,522

$10,143
$25,395
$37,002
$68,445
$114,019
$171,214
$190,351
$253,276
$174,115
$267,778
$186,408
$394,084
$354,279
$354,211
$371,064
$2,971,784

$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$155
$20,534
$25,662
$73,596
$87,950
$73,445
$130,095
$411,437

$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$15,945
$17,035
$16,405
$20,645
$0
$0
$70,030

0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
14%
19%
9%
12%
0%
0%
6%

0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
12%
16%
8%
11%
0%
0%
6%

$10,043
$25,122
$36,607
$67,165
$110,835
$166,673
$184,432
$243,452
$164,483
$227,894
$140,011
$255,857
$181,696
$136,330
$47,076
$1,997,676

$100
$273
$395
$1,280
$3,184
$4,541
$5,919
$9,824
$9,632
$39,884
$46,397
$138,227
$172,583
$217,881
$323,988
$974,108

329%
330%
334%
362%
456%
511%
450%
412%
337%
235%
207%
219%
213%
282%
247%
275%

(1)  Purchase price refers to the cash paid to a seller to acquire defaulted consumer receivables, plus certain 

capitalized costs, less buybacks.   

(2)  Total  estimated  collections  refers  to  actual  cash  collections,  including  cash  sales,  plus  estimated 

remaining collections. 

(3)  Net  finance  receivable  balance  refers  to  the  purchase  price  less  amortization  over  the  life  of  the 

portfolio. 

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4)  Life to date reserve allowance refers to the total amount of allowance charges incurred on our owned 

portfolios net of any reversals. 

(5)  Percentage  of  reserve  allowance  to  purchase  price  refers  to  the  total  amount  of  allowance  charges 

incurred on our owned portfolios net of any reversals, divided by the purchase price. 

(6)  Percentage of reserve allowance to unamortized purchase price and reserve allowance refers to the total 
amount of allowance charges incurred on our owned portfolios net of any reversals, divided by the sum 
of the unamortized purchase price and the life to date reserve allowance. 

(7)  Estimated remaining collections refers to the sum of all future projected cash collections on our owned 

portfolios 

(8)  Total  estimated  collections  to  purchase  price  refers  to  the  total  estimated  collections  divided  by  the 

purchase price. 

The  following  tables  show  our  net  valuation  allowances  recorded  against  our  investment  in  finance 

receivables. 

($ in thousands)

Entire Portfolio

Allow ance Period (1)
Q1 05
Q2 05
Q3 05
Q4 05
Q1 06
Q2 06
Q3 06
Q4 06
Q1 07
Q2 07
Q3 07
Q4 07
Q1 08
Q2 08
Q3 08
Q4 08
Q1 09
Q2 09
Q3 09
Q4 09
Q1 10
Q2 10
Q3 10
Q4 10
Total
Portfolio Purchases, net

Purchase Period

1996-2003
-
$         
-
-
200
-

75
200
-
(245)
90
200
190
120
260
(90)
(400)
(225)
(230)
(25)
(120)
-
-
-
-
$         
-

2004
-
$        
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
320
150
650
720
60
(140)
35
(220)
(190)
-
-
(80)
(80)
(10)
1,215

$    

2005
-
$          
-
-
-
175
125
75
450
610
-
660
615
910
-
325
1,805
1,150
495
1,170
1,375
2,795
1,600
1,650
832
16,817

$    

2006
-
$          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
340
1,105
2,330
1,135
2,600
910
765
1,965
1,220
1,175
2,100
2,050
1,720
19,415

$    

2007
-
$          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
650
2,350
4,380
2,300
685
340
110
2,900
700
2,750
1,150
18,315

$    

2008
-
$          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
620
2,050
2,425
4,750
6,900
-
2,000
150
1,750
20,645

$    

2009-2010
-
$          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$          
-

Total
-
$            
-
-
200
175
200
275
450
365
90
1,180
1,295
2,785
3,960
3,780
8,865
6,220
3,920
8,010
9,485
6,870
6,320
6,520
5,442
76,407

$       

$  

203,026

$  

59,177

$  

143,171

$  

107,713

$  

258,397

$  

275,145

$  

643,426

$  

1,690,055

Allow ance 
Charge as 
% of NFR (2)
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.2%
0.1%
0.0%
0.4%
0.3%
0.6%
0.8%
0.7%
1.6%
1.1%
0.6%
1.2%
1.4%
0.9%
0.8%
0.8%
0.7%

(1)  Allowance  period  represents  the  quarter  in  which  we  recorded  valuation  allowances,  net  of  any 

(reversals). 

(2)  NFR refers to total net finance receivables as of the end of the allowance period presented. 

41

 
 
 
 
 
           
          
            
            
            
            
            
              
           
          
            
            
            
            
            
              
           
          
            
            
            
            
            
              
           
          
           
            
            
            
            
              
             
          
           
            
            
            
            
              
           
          
             
            
            
            
            
              
           
          
           
            
            
            
            
              
         
          
           
            
            
            
            
              
             
          
            
            
            
            
            
                
           
         
           
            
            
            
            
           
           
         
           
           
            
            
            
           
           
         
           
        
            
            
            
           
           
         
            
        
           
            
            
           
           
           
           
        
        
            
            
           
         
        
        
        
        
           
            
           
         
           
        
           
        
        
            
           
         
        
           
           
           
        
            
           
           
        
        
        
           
        
            
           
         
          
        
        
           
        
            
           
           
          
        
        
        
            
            
           
           
          
        
        
           
        
            
           
           
          
        
        
        
           
            
           
           
          
           
        
        
        
            
           
 
 
($ in thousands)

Purchased BK Portfolio

Purchase Period

Allow ance Period (1)
Q1 05
Q2 05
Q3 05
Q4 05
Q1 06
Q2 06
Q3 06
Q4 06
Q1 07
Q2 07
Q3 07
Q4 07
Q1 08
Q2 08
Q3 08
Q4 08
Q1 09
Q2 09
Q3 09
Q4 09
Q1 10
Q2 10
Q3 10
Q4 10
Total

1996-2003
$         
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$         
-

2004
$        
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
320
150
530
15
115
110
10
15
20

-
-
(30)
(30)
(10)
1,215

$    

2005
$          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
160
-

60

-
-
315
100
(5)
70
100
95
25

-
(18)
902

$         

2006
$          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
150
405
450
30
325
50

-
-

70
50

-
(100)
(30)
1,400

$      

2007
$          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
110
1,200
-
600
950
2,860

$      

2008
$          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$          
-

2009-2010
$          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$          
-

Total
$            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
480
300
995
465
145
750
160
10
90
280
1,345
(5)
470
892
6,377

$         

Portfolio Purchases, net

$         
-

$    

7,468

$    

29,301

$    

17,648

$    

78,557

$  

108,615

$  

367,944

$     

609,533

($ in thousands)

Core Portfolio

Allow ance Period (1)
Q1 05
Q2 05
Q3 05
Q4 05
Q1 06
Q2 06
Q3 06
Q4 06
Q1 07
Q2 07
Q3 07
Q4 07
Q1 08
Q2 08
Q3 08
Q4 08
Q1 09
Q2 09
Q3 09
Q4 09
Q1 10
Q2 10
Q3 10
Q4 10
Total
Portfolio Purchases, net

Purchase Period

1996-2003
$         
-
-
-
200
-

75
200
-
(245)
90
200
190
120
260
(90)
(400)
(225)
(230)
(25)
(120)
-
-
-
-
$         
-

2004
$        
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
120
705
(55)
(250)
25
(235)
(210)
-
-
(50)
(50)
-
$        
-

2005
$          
-
-
-
-
175
125
75
450
610
-
500
615
850
-
325
1,490
1,050
500
1,100
1,275
2,700
1,575
1,650
850
15,915

$    

2006
$          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
190
700
1,880
1,105
2,275
860
765
1,965
1,150
1,125
2,100
2,150
1,750
18,015

$    

2007
$          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
650
2,350
4,380
2,300
685
340
-
1,700
700
2,150
200
15,455

$    

2008
$          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
620
2,050
2,425
4,750
6,900
-
2,000
150
1,750
20,645

$    

2009-2010
$          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$          
-

Total
$            
-
-
-
200
175
200
275
450
365
90
700
995
1,790
3,495
3,635
8,115
6,060
3,910
7,920
9,205
5,525
6,325
6,050
4,550
70,030

$       

$  

203,026

$  

51,709

$  

113,870

$    

90,065

$  

179,840

$  

166,530

$  

275,482

$  

1,080,522

Allow ance 
Charge as 
% of NFR (2)
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
1.3%
0.3%
0.8%
0.3%
0.1%
0.4%
0.1%
0.0%
0.0%
0.1%
0.4%
0.0%
0.1%
0.2%

Allow ance 
Charge as 
% of NFR (2)
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.2%
0.2%
0.2%
0.0%
0.2%
0.3%
0.5%
0.9%
1.0%
2.1%
1.6%
1.0%
2.0%
2.3%
1.4%
1.6%
1.5%
1.1%

(1)  Allowance  period  represents  the  quarter  in  which  we  recorded  valuation  allowances,  net  of  any 

(reversals). 

(2)  NFR refers to total net finance receivables as of the end of the allowance period presented. 

42

 
 
           
          
            
            
            
            
            
              
           
          
            
            
            
            
            
              
           
          
            
            
            
            
            
              
           
          
            
            
            
            
            
              
           
          
            
            
            
            
            
              
           
          
            
            
            
            
            
              
           
          
            
            
            
            
            
              
           
          
            
            
            
            
            
              
           
          
            
            
            
            
            
              
           
         
           
            
            
            
            
              
           
         
            
           
            
            
            
              
           
         
             
           
            
            
            
              
           
           
            
           
            
            
            
              
           
         
            
             
            
            
            
              
           
         
           
           
            
            
            
              
           
           
           
             
            
            
            
              
           
           
              
            
            
            
            
                
           
           
             
            
            
            
            
                
           
          
           
             
           
            
            
              
           
          
             
             
        
            
            
           
           
          
             
            
            
            
            
                
           
          
            
          
           
            
            
              
           
          
            
            
           
            
            
              
 
 
           
          
            
            
            
            
            
              
           
          
            
            
            
            
            
              
           
          
            
            
            
            
            
              
           
          
           
            
            
            
            
              
             
          
           
            
            
            
            
              
           
          
             
            
            
            
            
              
           
          
           
            
            
            
            
              
         
          
           
            
            
            
            
              
             
          
            
            
            
            
            
                
           
          
           
            
            
            
            
              
           
          
           
           
            
            
            
              
           
         
           
           
            
            
            
           
           
         
            
        
           
            
            
           
           
          
           
        
        
            
            
           
         
        
        
        
        
           
            
           
         
           
        
           
        
        
            
           
         
        
           
           
           
        
            
           
           
        
        
        
           
        
            
           
         
          
        
        
            
        
            
           
           
          
        
        
        
            
            
           
           
          
        
        
           
        
            
           
           
          
        
        
        
           
            
           
           
          
           
        
           
        
            
           
 
The following graph shows the purchase price of our owned portfolios by year.  The purchase price number 

represents the cash paid to the seller, plus certain capitalized costs, less buybacks. 

Portfolio Purchases by Year

($ in millions)

$350

$300

$250

$200

$150

$100

$50

$0

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

Core

Purchased Bankruptcy

As shown in the above chart, the composition of our purchased portfolios has shifted in favor of bankrupt 
accounts in recent years.  We began buying bankrupt accounts during 2004 and slowly increased the volume of 
accounts we acquired through 2006 as we tested our models, refined our processes and proved out our operating 
assumptions.  After observing a high level of modeling confidence in our early purchases, we began increasing 
our level of purchases more dramatically during the period from 2007 through 2010.   

Our  ability  to  profitably  purchase  and  liquidate  pools  of  bankrupt  accounts  provides  diversity  to  our 
distressed  asset  acquisition  business.   Although  we  generally  buy  bankrupt  assets  from  many  of  the  same 
consumer  lenders  from  whom  we  acquire  Core  customer  accounts,  the  volumes  and  pricing  characteristics  as 
well as the competitors are different.  Based upon market dynamics, the profitability of pools purchased in the 
bankrupt  and  Core  markets  may  differ  over  time.   We  have  found  periods  when bankrupt accounts were more 
profitable and other times when Core accounts were more profitable.  From 2004 through 2008, our bankruptcy 
buying fluctuated between 13% and 39% of our total portfolio purchasing in those years.  In 2009, for the first 
time in our history, bankruptcy purchasing exceeded that of our Core buying, finishing at 55% of total portfolio 
purchasing for the year and during 2010 this percentage increased to 59%.  This occurred as severe dislocations 
in the financial markets, coupled with legislative uncertainty, caused pricing in the bankruptcy market to decline 
substantially  thereby  driving  our  strategy  to  make  advantageous  bankruptcy  portfolio  acquisitions  during  this 
period.   

In order to collect our Core portfolios, we generally need to employ relatively higher amounts of labor and 
incur  additional  collection  costs  to  generate  each  dollar  of  cash  collections  as  compared  with  bankruptcy 
portfolios.   In  order  to  achieve  acceptable  levels  of  net  return  on  investment  (after  direct  expenses),  we  are 
generally targeting a total cash collections to purchase price multiple in the 2.5-3.0x range.  On the other hand, 
bankrupt accounts generate the majority of cash collections through the efforts of the U.S. bankruptcy courts.  In 
this process, cash is remitted to our Company with no corresponding cost other than the cost of filing claims at 
the  time  of  purchase  and  general  administrative  costs  for  monitoring  the  progress  of  each  account  through  the 
bankruptcy  process.   As  a  result,  overall  collection  costs  are  much  lower  for  us  when  liquidating  a  pool  of 
bankrupt  accounts  as  compared  to  a  pool  of  Core  accounts,  but  conversely  the  price  we  pay  for  bankrupt 
accounts  is  generally  higher  than  Core accounts.   We  generally  target  similar  returns  on  investment  (measured 
after  direct  expenses)  for  bankrupt  and  Core  portfolios  at  any  given  point  in  the  market  cycles.      However, 
because  of  the  lower  related  collection  costs,  we  can  pay  more  for  bankrupt  portfolios,  which  causes  the 
estimated  total  cash  collections  to  purchase  price  multiples  of  bankrupt  pools  to  be  in  the  1.4-2.0x  range 
generally.   In  summary,  compared  to  a  pool  of  Core  accounts,  to  the  extent  both  pools  had  identical  targeted 

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
returns  on  investment  (measured  after  direct  expenses),  the  bankrupt  pool  would  be  expected  to  generate  less 
revenue, a lower yield, less direct expenses, similar operating income, and a higher operating margin.  

 In addition, collections on younger, newly filed bankrupt accounts tend to be of a lower magnitude in the 
earlier months when compared to Core charge-off accounts.  This lower level of early period collections is due to 
the  fact  that  1)  we  purchase  primarily  accounts  that  represent  unsecured  claims  in  bankruptcy,  and  2)  these 
unsecured claims are scheduled to begin paying out after payment of the secured and priority claims.  As a result 
of  the  administrative  processes  regarding  payout  priorities  within  the  court-administered  bankruptcy  plans, 
unsecured creditors do not generally begin receiving meaningful collections on unsecured claims until 12 to 18 
months  after  the  bankruptcy  filing date.  Therefore, to the extent that we purchase portfolios with more recent 
bankruptcy  filing  dates,  as  we  did  to  a  significant  extent  in  2009  and  2010,  we  would  expect  to  experience  a 
delay in cash collections compared with Core charged-off accounts. 

 We  utilize  a  long-term  approach  to  collecting  our  owned  portfolios  of  receivables.    This  approach  has 
historically  caused  us  to  realize  significant  cash  collections  and  revenues  from  purchased  portfolios  of  finance 
receivables  years  after  they  are  originally  acquired.    As  a  result,  we  have  in  the  past  been  able  to  temporarily 
reduce our level of current period acquisitions without a corresponding negative current period impact on cash 
collections and revenue. 

The following tables, which exclude any proceeds from cash sales of finance receivables, demonstrates our 

ability to realize significant multi-year cash collection streams on our owned portfolios.   

Cash Collections By Year, By Year of Purchase - Entire Portfolio 

Purchase
Price
$             

($ in thousands)
Purchase
Period
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010

Total

$      

3,080
7,685
11,089
18,898
25,020
33,481
42,325
61,448
59,177
143,171
107,713
258,397
275,145
281,583
361,843
1,690,055

1996-2000
7,295
$       
15,138
16,981
18,207
6,894
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
64,515

$     

2001
$          

2002
$          

2003
$            

2004
$            

Cash Collection Period
2005
$            

2006
$            

2007
$            

2008

2009

2010

Total

$              

$              

$              

$            

730
2,630
5,152
12,090
19,498
13,048
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
53,148

496
1,829
3,948
9,598
19,478
28,831
15,073
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
79,253

398
1,324
2,797
7,336
16,628
28,003
36,258
24,308
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
117,052

285
1,022
2,200
5,615
14,098
26,717
35,742
49,706
18,019
-
-
-
-
-
-
153,404

210
860
1,811
4,352
10,924
22,639
32,497
52,640
46,475
18,968
-
-
-
-
-
191,376

237
597
1,415
3,032
8,067
16,048
24,729
43,728
40,424
75,145
22,971
-
-
-
-
236,393

102
437
882
2,243
5,202
10,011
16,527
30,695
30,750
69,862
53,192
42,263
-
-
-
262,166

83
346
616
1,533
3,604
6,164
9,772
18,818
19,339
49,576
40,560
115,011
61,277
-
-
326,699

78
215
397
1,328
3,198
5,299
7,444
13,135
13,677
33,366
29,749
94,805
107,974
57,338
-
368,003

68
216
382
1,139
2,782
4,422
6,375
10,422
9,944
23,733
22,494
83,059
100,337
177,407
86,562
529,342

9,982
24,614
36,581
66,473
110,373
161,182
184,417
243,452
178,628
270,650
168,966
335,138
269,588
234,745
86,562
2,381,351

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

Cash Collections By Year, By Year of Purchase – Purchased Bankruptcy Portfolio 

Purchase
Price
$             

($ in thousands)
Purchase
Period
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010

Total

$         

7,468
29,301
17,648
78,557
108,615
156,064
211,880
609,533

1996-2000
-
$           
-
-
-
-
-
-
$           
-

2001
-
$           
-
-
-
-
-
-
$           
-

2002
-
$           
-
-
-
-
-
-
$           
-

2003
-
$             
-
-
-
-
-
-
$             
-

2004
$            

Cash Collection Period
2005

2006

2007

2008

$         

$         

$         

$         

2009
$            

2010
$            

Total

$          

743
-
-
-
-
-
-
743

4,554
3,777
-
-
-
-
-
8,331

3,956
15,500
5,608
-
-
-
-
25,064

2,777
11,934
9,455
2,850
-
-
-
27,016

1,455
6,845
6,522
27,972
14,024
-
-
56,818

496
3,318
4,398
25,630
35,894
16,635
-
86,371

164
1,382
2,972
22,829
37,974
81,780
39,486
186,587

14,145
42,756
28,955
79,281
87,892
98,415
39,486
390,930

$            

$         

$       

$       

$       

$       

$     

$        

Cash Collections By Year, By Year of Purchase - Core Portfolio  

2001
$          

2002
$          

2003
$            

2004
$            

Cash Collection Period
2005
$            

2006
$            

2007
$            

2008

2009

2010

Total

$              

$              

$              

$            

Purchase
Price
$             

($ in thousands)
Purchase
Period
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010

Total

$      

3,080
7,685
11,089
18,898
25,020
33,481
42,325
61,448
51,709
113,870
90,065
179,840
166,530
125,519
149,963
1,080,522

1996-2000
7,295
$       
15,138
16,981
18,207
6,894
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
64,515

$     

730
2,630
5,152
12,090
19,498
13,048
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
53,148

496
1,829
3,948
9,598
19,478
28,831
15,073
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
79,253

398
1,324
2,797
7,336
16,628
28,003
36,258
24,308
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
117,052

285
1,022
2,200
5,615
14,098
26,717
35,742
49,706
17,276
-
-
-
-
-
-
152,661

210
860
1,811
4,352
10,924
22,639
32,497
52,640
41,921
15,191
-
-
-
-
-
183,045

$     

44

237
597
1,415
3,032
8,067
16,048
24,729
43,728
36,468
59,645
17,363
-
-
-
-
211,329

102
437
882
2,243
5,202
10,011
16,527
30,695
27,973
57,928
43,737
39,413
-
-
-
235,150

83
346
616
1,533
3,604
6,164
9,772
18,818
17,884
42,731
34,038
87,039
47,253
-
-
269,881

78
215
397
1,328
3,198
5,299
7,444
13,135
13,181
30,048
25,351
69,175
72,080
40,703
-
281,632

68
216
382
1,139
2,782
4,422
6,375
10,422
9,780
22,351
19,522
60,230
62,363
95,627
47,076
342,755

9,982
24,614
36,581
66,473
110,373
161,182
184,417
243,452
164,483
227,894
140,011
255,857
181,696
136,330
47,076
1,990,421

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

 
 
 
 
 
               
       
         
         
           
           
              
              
              
              
              
              
            
             
       
         
         
           
           
           
           
              
              
              
              
            
             
       
       
         
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
            
             
         
       
       
         
         
         
           
           
           
           
           
          
             
             
       
       
         
         
         
         
         
           
           
           
          
             
             
             
       
         
         
         
         
         
           
           
           
          
             
             
             
             
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
          
             
             
             
             
               
         
         
         
         
         
         
           
          
           
             
             
             
               
               
         
         
         
         
         
         
          
           
             
             
             
               
               
               
         
         
         
         
         
          
           
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
         
       
         
         
          
           
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
         
       
       
          
           
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
               
         
       
          
           
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
         
            
 
             
             
             
             
               
               
           
         
         
           
           
           
            
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
           
           
           
           
           
            
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
           
         
         
         
            
           
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
         
         
         
            
           
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
               
         
         
            
           
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
         
            
 
               
       
         
         
           
           
              
              
              
              
              
              
            
             
       
         
         
           
           
           
           
              
              
              
              
            
             
       
       
         
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
            
             
         
       
       
         
         
         
           
           
           
           
           
          
             
             
       
       
         
         
         
         
         
           
           
           
          
             
             
             
       
         
         
         
         
         
           
           
           
          
             
             
             
             
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
          
             
             
             
             
               
         
         
         
         
         
         
           
          
           
             
             
             
               
               
         
         
         
         
         
         
          
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
         
         
         
         
         
          
           
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
         
         
         
         
          
           
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
         
         
         
          
           
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
               
         
         
          
           
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
         
            
 
When  we  acquire  a  new  pool  of  finance  receivables,  our  estimates  typically  result  in  an  72  -  96  month 
projection of cash collections.  The following chart shows our historical cash collections (including cash sales of 
finance receivables) in relation to the aggregate of the total estimated collection projections made at the time of 
each respective pool purchase, adjusted for buybacks, for the period 2001 through 2010. 

Actual Cash Collections and Cash Sales vs. Original Projections
($ in millions)

$3,000

$2,500

$2,000

$1,500

$1,000

$500

$0

Actual Cash  Collections

Original Projections

0
0
-
c
e
D

1
0
-
r
p
A

1
0
-
g
u
A

1
0
-
c
e
D

2
0
-
r
p
A

2
0
-
g
u
A

2
0
-
c
e
D

3
0
-
r
p
A

3
0
-
g
u
A

3
0
-
c
e
D

4
0
-
r
p
A

4
0
-
g
u
A

4
0
-
c
e
D

5
0
-
r
p
A

5
0
-
g
u
A

5
0
-
c
e
D

6
0
-
r
p
A

6
0
-
g
u
A

6
0
-
c
e
D

7
0
-
r
p
A

7
0
-
g
u
A

7
0
-
c
e
D

8
0
-
r
p
A

8
0
-
g
u
A

8
0
-
c
e
D

9
0
-
r
p
A

9
0
-
g
u
A

9
0
-
c
e
D

0
1
-
r
p
A

0
1
-
g
u
A

0
1
-
c
e
D

Primarily as a result of the downturn in the economy, the decline in the availability of consumer credit, our 
efforts  to  help  customers  establish  reasonable  payment  plans,  and  improvements  in  our  collections  capabilities 
which  have  allowed  us  to  profitably  collect  on  accounts  with  lower  balances  or  lower  quality,  our  average 
payment size has decreased over the past several years.   However, due to improved scoring and segmentation, 
together  with  enhanced  productivity,  we  have  been  able  to  generate  increased  amounts  of  cash  collections  by 
generating enough incremental payments to overcome the decrease in payment size. 

Owned Portfolio Personnel Performance: 

We measure the productivity of each collector each month, breaking results into groups of similarly tenured 

collectors.  The following tables display various productivity measures that we track. 

Number of Collectors by Tenure 

Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4

Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4

2005
319
319
324
327

2005
345
330
268
364

2006
331
342
324
340

2006
360
372
402
375

2009
488
587
604
638

2009
621
612
585
676

2010
690
711
742
771

2010
686
681
642
731

One year + (1)
2008
314
348
410
452

2007
340
360
397
327

Less than one year (2)

2008
688
744
631
739

2007
435
481
475
553

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4

2005
664
649
592
691

2006
691
714
726
715

Total (2)

2007
775
841
872
880

2008
1,002
1,092
1,041
1,191

2009
1,109
1,199
1,189
1,314

2010
1,376
1,392
1,384
1,502

(1)  Calculated based on actual employees (collectors) with one year of service or more. 
(2)  Calculated using total hours worked by all collectors, including those in training to produce a full time 

equivalent “FTE.” 

The tables below contain our most recent six years of collector productivity metrics as defined by calendar 

quarter. 

Cash Collections per Hour Paid (1) 

Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4

Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4

Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4

Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4

2005
$136
$138
$135
$126

2005
$96
$92
$88
$82

2005
$132
$132
$129
$120

2005
$92
$85
$82
$77

Total cash collections
2007
$156
$142
$131
$119

2008
$133
$136
$134
$123

Non-legal cash collections (2)

2007
$108
$96
$88
$80

2008
$96
$99
$99
$94

2009
$147
$143
$144
$148

2009
$118
$116
$119
$123

Non-bankruptcy cash collections (3)

2007
$141
$129
$120
$107

2008
$116
$115
$110
$98

2009
$120
$114
$111
$109

2006
$152
$146
$145
$142

2006
$106
$99
$98
$94

2006
$141
$132
$129
$127

Non-legal/non-bankruptcy cash collections (4)
2009
$90
$87
$87
$84

2008
$79
$78
$76
$69

2007
$92
$83
$76
$68

2006
$95
$85
$82
$80

2010
$182
$188
$200
$204

2010
$154
$160
$170
$174

2010
$135
$127
$127
$129

2010
$106
$100
$97
$98

(1)  Cash collections (assigned and unassigned) divided by total hours paid (including holiday, vacation and 

sick time) to collectors (including those in training). 

(2)  Represents total cash collections less external legal cash collections. 
(3)  Represents total cash collections less purchased bankruptcy cash collections from trustee-administered 

accounts.   

(4)  Represents total cash collections less external legal cash collections and less purchased bankruptcy cash 

collections from trustee-administered accounts. 

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash  collections  have  substantially  exceeded  revenue  in  each  quarter  since  our  formation.    The  following 
chart illustrates the consistent excess of our cash collections on our owned portfolios over income recognized on 
finance  receivables  on  a  quarterly  basis.    The  difference  between  cash  collections  and  income  recognized  on 
finance  receivables  is  referred  to  as  payments  applied  to  principal.    It  is  also  referred  to  as  amortization  of 
purchase  price.    This  amortization  is  the  portion  of  cash  collections  that  is  used  to  recover  the  cost  of  the 
portfolio investment represented on the balance sheet. 

Cash Collections ⁽¹⁾ vs. Income Recognized on Finance Receivables,  net

($ in millions)

Payments applied to principal or amortization of purchase price

Income recognized on finance receivables, net

Cash Collections

$160

$140

$120

$100

$80

$60

$40

$20

$0

1
0
-
1
Q

1
0
-
3
Q

2
0
-
1
Q

2
0
-
3
Q

3
0
-
1
Q

3
0
-
3
Q

4
0
-
1
Q

4
0
-
3
Q

5
0
-
1
Q

5
0
-
3
Q

6
0
-
1
Q

6
0
-
3
Q

7
0
-
1
Q

7
0
-
3
Q

8
0
-
1
Q

8
0
-
3
Q

9
0
-
1
Q

9
0
-
3
Q

0
1
-
1
Q

0
1
-
3
Q

(1)  Includes cash collections on finance receivables only and excludes cash proceeds from sales of defaulted 

consumer receivables. 

Seasonality 

Collections tend to be higher in the first and second quarters of the year and lower in the third and fourth 
quarters of the year, due to customer payment patterns in connection with seasonal employment trends, income 
tax  refunds  and  holiday  spending  habits.    Historically,  our  growth  has  partially  masked  the  impact  of  this 
seasonality. 

Quarterly Cash  Collections ⁽¹⁾

($ in millions)

$150
$140
$130
$120
$110
$100
$90
$80
$70
$60
$50
$40
$30
$20
$10
$0

1
0
-
1
Q

1
0
-
2
Q

1
0
-
3
Q

1
0
-
4
Q

2
0
-
1
Q

2
0
-
2
Q

2
0
-
3
Q

2
0
-
4
Q

3
0
-
1
Q

3
0
-
2
Q

3
0
-
3
Q

3
0
-
4
Q

4
0
-
1
Q

4
0
-
2
Q

4
0
-
3
Q

4
0
-
4
Q

5
0
-
1
Q

5
0
-
2
Q

5
0
-
3
Q

5
0
-
4
Q

6
0
-
1
Q

6
0
-
2
Q

6
0
-
3
Q

6
0
-
4
Q

7
0
-
1
Q

7
0
-
2
Q

7
0
-
3
Q

7
0
-
4
Q

8
0
-
1
Q

8
0
-
2
Q

8
0
-
3
Q

8
0
-
4
Q

9
0
-
1
Q

9
0
-
2
Q

9
0
-
3
Q

9
0
-
4
Q

0
1
-
1
Q

0
1
-
2
Q

0
1
-
3
Q

0
1
-
4
Q

(1)  Includes cash collections on finance receivables only and excludes cash proceeds from sales of defaulted 

consumer receivables. 

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table displays our quarterly cash collections by source, for the periods indicated. 

Cash Collection Source ($ in thousands)
Call Center & Other Collections
External Legal Collections
Internal Legal Collections
Purchased Bankruptcy Collections
Total

Q42010
$53,775
21,446
12,841
56,301
$144,363

Q32010
$51,711
20,217
12,130
53,319
$137,377

Q22010
$54,477
18,819
11,362
43,748
$128,406

Q12010
$56,987
18,276
10,714
33,219
$119,196

Q42009
$45,365
15,496
7,570
26,855
$95,286

Q32009
$48,590
15,330
6,196
22,251
$92,367

Q22009
$50,052
16,527
4,263
19,637
$90,479

Q12009
$50,914
17,790
3,539
17,628
$89,871  

The  following  table  shows  the  changes  in  finance  receivables,  including  the  amounts  paid  to  acquire  new 

portfolios, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 (amounts in thousands):  

2010

2009

2008

Balance at beginning of year
Acquisitions of finance receivables (1)
Cash collections applied to principal on finance receivables (2)

$                   

693,462

$                   

563,830

$                   

410,297

357,530

(219,662)

282,023

(152,391)

273,746

(120,213)

Balance at end of year

$                   

831,330

$                   

693,462

$                   

563,830

Estimated Remaining Collections ("ERC")(3)

$                

1,723,518

$                

1,415,446

$                

1,115,565

(1)  Acquisitions  of  finance receivables is net of buybacks and includes certain capitalized acquisition related 

costs. 

(2)  Cash  collections  applied  to  principal  (also  referred  to  as  amortization)  on  finance  receivables  consists  of 

cash collections less income recognized on finance receivables, net of allowance charges. 

(3)  Estimated  Remaining  Collections  refers  to  the  sum  of  all  future  projected  cash  collections  on  our  owned 

portfolios. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources  

Historically, our primary sources of cash have been cash flows from operations, bank borrowings and equity 
offerings.  Cash has been used for acquisitions of finance receivables, corporate acquisitions, repurchase of our 
common  stock,  payment  of  cash  dividends,  repayments  of  bank  borrowings,  purchases  of  property  and 
equipment and working capital to support our growth. 

As of December 31, 2010, cash and cash equivalents totaled $41.1 million, as compared to $20.3 million at 
December  31,  2009.    Total  debt  outstanding  on  our  $407.5  million  line  of  credit  was  $300.0  million  as  of 
December 31, 2010, which represents availability of $107.5 million. 

We  have  in  place  forward  flow  commitments  for the purchase of defaulted consumer receivables over the 
next 12 months of approximately $234.4 million as of December 31, 2010.  Additionally we may enter into new 
or  renewed  flow  commitments  in  the  next  twelve  months  and  close  on  spot  transactions  in  addition  to  the 
aforementioned flow agreements.  We believe that funds generated from operations and from cash collections on 
finance receivables, together with existing cash and available borrowings under our credit agreement would be 
sufficient  to  finance  our  operations,  planned  capital  expenditures,  the  aforementioned  forward  flow 
commitments, and a material amount of additional portfolio purchasing in excess of the currently committed flow 
amounts during the next twelve months. 

We are cognizant of the market fundamentals in the debt purchase and company acquisition market which, 
because of significant supply and tight capital availability, could cause increased buying opportunities to arise.  
Accordingly, we filed a $150 million shelf registration during the third quarter of 2009. We issued $75.5 million 
of  equity  securities  under  that  registration  statement  during  February  of  2010  in  order  to  take  advantage  of 
market  opportunities  while  retaining  the  ability  to  issue  up  to  an  additional  $74.5  million  of  equity  or  debt 
securities under the shelf registration statement in the future. The outcome of any future transaction is subject to 
market  conditions.    In  addition,  due  to  these  opportunities,  we  closed  on  a  new  and  expanded  syndicated  loan 
during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2010.    The  new  credit  agreement  increased  our  possible  availability  to  $407.5 
million.    Refer to the “Borrowings” section below for additional information on the line of credit. 

48

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
With  the  acquisition  of  a  controlling  interest  in  CCB  on  March  15,  2010,  we  have  the  right  to  call  the 
noncontrolling  interest  through  February  2015.   In  addition,  the  noncontrolling  interest  has  the  right  to put the 
remainder of the shares to us beginning in March 2012 and ending February 2018.  The total maximum amount 
we would have to pay for the non-controlling interest in CCB in any scenario is $22.8 million.   

We file income taxes using the cost recovery method for tax revenue recognition.  We were notified on June 
21, 2007 that we were being examined by the Internal Revenue Service for the 2005 calendar year.  The IRS has 
concluded its audit and on March 19, 2009 issued Form 4549-A, Income Tax Examination Changes for tax years 
ending December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.  The IRS has asserted that cost recovery for tax revenue recognition 
does not clearly reflect taxable income and that unused line fees paid on credit facilities should be capitalized and 
amortized rather than taken as a current deduction.  On April 22, 2009, we filed a formal protest of the findings 
contained in the examination report prepared by the IRS.  We believe we have sufficient support for the technical 
merits  of  our  positions  and  that  it  is  more-likely-than-not  that  these  positions  will  ultimately  be  sustained; 
therefore, a reserve for uncertain tax positions is not necessary for these tax positions.  If we are unsuccessful in 
our  appeal,  we  may  further  our  efforts  in  United  States  Tax  Court.    Additionally,  if  judicial  appeals  prove 
unsuccessful we may ultimately be required to pay the related deferred taxes and any potential interest, possibly 
requiring additional financing from other sources. 

In  forming our tax positions, we consider inputs based on industry practice, tax advice from professionals 
and drawing similarities of our facts and circumstances to those in established case law (most notably as it relates 
to  revenue  recognition,  Underhill  and  Liftin).    These  tax  positions  deal  not  only  with  revenue  recognition,  but 
also with general tax compliance including sales and use, franchise, gross receipts, payroll, property and income 
tax issues, including our tax base and apportionment factors.   

A diverse group of companies participate in our industry including distressed debt purchasers, Wall Street 
hedge funds, small private collection companies and other such investment firms.   These participants are diverse 
in their structure, processes, and profitability.  We base our primary tax revenue recognition policy on the nature 
of  the  assets  that  we  acquire.   We,  therefore,  file  income  tax  returns  using  the  cost  recovery  method  for  tax 
revenue recognition as it relates to our debt purchasing business.  

Cash generated from operations is dependent upon our ability to collect on our finance receivables.  Many 
factors, including the economy and our ability to hire and retain qualified collectors and managers, are essential 
to our ability to generate cash flows.  Fluctuations in these factors that cause a negative impact on our business 
could have a material impact on our future cash flows. 

Our  operating  activities  provided  cash  of  $143.6  million,  $85.3  million  and  $81.7  million  for  the  years 
ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  In these periods, cash from operations was generated 
primarily from net income earned through cash collections and fee income received for the period. The increase 
was due mainly to an increase in net income to $73.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $44.3 
million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $45.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 as well 
as an increase in deferred tax expense to $47.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $28.9 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $30.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  The remaining 
changes were due to net changes in other accounts related to our operating activities. 

Our investing activities used cash of $170.5 million, $134.3 million and $185.7 million for the years ended 
December  31,  2010,  2009  and  2008,  respectively.  Cash  provided  by  investing  activities  is  primarily  driven  by 
cash collections applied to principal on finance receivables.  Cash used in investing activities is primarily driven 
by  acquisitions  of  finance  receivables,  purchases  of  property  and  equipment  and  company  acquisitions.    The 
majority  of  the increase was due to net cash payments for corporate acquisitions totaling $23.1 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $100,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $26.0 million 
for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008  as  well  as  an  increase  in  acquisitions  of  finance  receivables  which 
increased  to  $357.5  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010  from  $282.0  million  for  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2009  and  $273.7  million  for  the  year  ended December  31,  2008.  The  increase  was  offset by an 
increase in collections applied to principal on finance receivables to $219.7 million for the year ended December 
31,  2010  from  $152.4  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009  and  $120.2  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2008. 

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Our financing activities provided cash of $47.8 million, $55.3 million and $101.2 million for the years ended 
December  31,  2010,  2009  and  2008,  respectively.    Cash  used  in  financing  activities  is  primarily  driven  by 
payments on our line of credit and principal payments on long-term debt.  Cash is provided primarily by draws 
on our line of credit and proceeds from stock offerings.  The majority of the change was due to a decrease in the 
net borrowings on our line of credit.  We had net repayments on our line of credit of $19.3 million for the year 
ended  December  31,  2010,  as  compared  to  net  draws  of  $51.0  million  and  $100.3  million  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The decrease in the net borrowings on our line of credit was offset 
by the cash proceeds received from our $75.5 million equity offering during the year ended December 30, 2010 
as compared to $0 for both of the prior year periods. 

Cash  paid  for  interest  was  $9.4  million,  $8.0  million  and  $11.3  million  for  the  years  ended  December 31, 
2010,  2009  and  2008,  respectively.    The  majority  of  interest  was  paid  on  our  lines  of  credit,  capital  lease 
obligations and other long-term debt. The increase from the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to the 
year  ended  December  31,  2010  was  mainly  due  to  an  increase  in  our  average  borrowings  which  increased  to 
$244.2  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010  from  $234.9  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2009,  and  the  cost  to  terminate  our  interest  rate  swap,  partially  offset  by  an  decrease  in  our  weighted  average 
interest rate from 2.46% for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to 2.62% for the year ended December 
31, 2009. The decrease from the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the year ended December 31, 
2009 was mainly due to a decrease in our weighted average interest rate which decreased to 2.62% for the year 
ended December 31, 2009 from 4.60% for the year ended December 31, 2008. 

Borrowings 

On December 20, 2010, we entered into a credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative 
agent,  and  a  syndicate  of  lenders  named  therein  (the  “Credit  Agreement”).    Under  the  terms  of  the  Credit 
Agreement, the credit facility includes an aggregate principal amount available of $407.5 million which consists 
of  a  $50  million  fixed  rate  loan  that  matures  on  May  4,  2012,  which  was  transferred  from  our  existing  credit 
agreement,  and  a  $357.5  million  revolving  credit  facility  that  matures  on  December  20,  2014.    The  revolving 
credit facility will be automatically increased by $50 million upon the maturity and repayment of the fixed rate 
loan.  The fixed rate loan bears interest at a rate of 6.8% per annum, payable monthly in arrears. The revolving 
loans  accrue  interest,  at  our  option,  at  either  the  base  rate  plus  1.75%  per  annum  or  the  Eurodollar  rate  (as 
defined) for the applicable term plus 2.75% per annum.  The base rate is the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate 
plus 0.50%, (b) Bank of America’s prime rate, and (c) the Eurodollar rate plus 1.00%.  Interest is payable on base 
rate loans quarterly in arrears and on Eurodollar loans in arrears on the last day of each interest period or if such 
interest  period  exceeds  three  months,  every  three  months.  Our  revolving  credit  facility  includes  a  $20  million 
swingline loan sublimit and a $20 million letter of credit sublimit.  It also contains an accordion loan feature that 
allows  us  to  request  an  increase  of  up  to  $142.5  million  in  the  amount  available  for  borrowing  under  the 
revolving credit facility, whether from existing or new lenders, subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement.  No 
existing lender is obligated to increase its commitment.  The Credit Agreement is secured by a first priority lien 
on  substantially  all  of  our  assets.    The  Credit  Agreement  contains  restrictive  covenants  and  events  of  default 
include the following: 

• 

borrowings  may  not  exceed  30%  of  the  ERC  of  all  its  eligible  asset  pools  plus  75%  of  its  eligible 

accounts receivable; 

the consolidated leverage ratio (as defined) cannot exceed 2.0 to 1.0 as of the end of any fiscal quarter; 

consolidated Tangible Net Worth (as defined) must equal or exceed $309,452,000 plus 50% of positive 

consolidated  net  income  for  each  fiscal  quarter  beginning  December 31,  2010,  plus  50%  of  the  net 

proceeds of any equity offering; 

capital expenditures during any fiscal year cannot exceed $20 million; 

cash dividends and distributions during any fiscal year cannot exceed $20 million;  

stock repurchases during the term of the agreement cannot exceed $100 million;  

permitted acquisitions (as defined) during any fiscal year cannot exceed $100 million;  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

50

 
 
 
 
 
•  we must maintain positive consolidated income from operations during any fiscal quarter; and 

• 

restrictions on changes in control.   

The revolving credit facility also bears an unused commitment fee of 0.375% per annum, payable quarterly 

in arrears. 

All  of  our  borrowings  at  December  31,  2010  under  our  revolving  credit  facility  consisted  of  30-day 

Eurodollar rate loans, with an annual interest rate as of December 31, 2010 equal to 3.01%.   

Our  previous  credit  facility  included  an  aggregate  principal  amount  available  of  $365.0  million  as  of 
December 31, 2009, which consisted of a $50 million fixed rate loan and a $315 million revolving credit facility.  
Borrowings  under  the  revolving  credit  facility  bore  interest  at  a  floating  rate  equal  to  the  one  month  LIBOR 
Market Index Rate plus 1.40%, which equated to 1.63% at December 31, 2009.  We also paid an unused line fee 
for  our  previous  credit  facility  equal  to  0.30%  on  any  unused  portion  of  the  facility.    The  credit  facility  was 
collateralized by substantially all of our assets and contained certain restrictive covenants.   

We  had  $300.0  million  and  $319.3  million  of  borrowings  outstanding  on  our  credit  facilities  as  of 
December 31,  2010  and  December 31,  2009,  respectively,  of  which  $50  million  was  part  of  the  non-revolving 
fixed rate loan at both dates.   

We were in compliance with all covenants of our credit facilities as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. 

Stockholders’ Equity 

Stockholders’  equity  was  $490.5  at  December  31,  2010  and  $335.5  million  at  December  31,  2009.  The 
increase  was  attributable  primarily  to  $71.7  in  net  proceeds  from  a  stock  offering  and  $73.5  million  in  net 
income. 

Contractual Obligations 

The following summarizes our contractual obligations that exist as of December 31, 2010 (amounts in 

thousands): 

Contractual Obligations

Operating Leases
Line of Credit (1)
Long-term Debt
Purchase Commitments (2) (3)
Employment Agreements
Total

Payments due by period

Less
than 1
year
$              

4,323

Total
$              

19,372

1 - 3
years

4 - 5
years

$                     

8,191

$                  

4,908

More
than 5
years
$               

1,950

361,153
2,511

12,004
1,283

29,681
1,228

319,468
-

-
-

261,968
11,890
656,894

$            

239,038
10,114
266,762

$           

15,330
1,240
55,670

$                   

7,600
536
332,512

$              

-
-
1,950

$               

(1)  To the extent that a balance is outstanding on our lines of credit, the revolving portion ($250 million) would 
be due in December, 2014 and the non-revolving fixed rate sub-limit portion ($50 million) would be due in May 
2012.   This amount also includes estimated interest and unused line fees due on the line of credit for both the 
fixed rate and variable rate components.  This estimate also assumes that the balance on the line of credit remains 
constant from the December 31, 2010 balance of $300.0 million and the balance is paid in full at its maturity. 
(2)  This amount includes the maximum remaining amount to be purchased under forward flow contracts for the 
purchase of charged-off consumer debt in the amount of approximately $234.4 million. 
(3)    This  amount  includes  the  maximum  remaining  purchase  price  of  $22.8  million  to  be  paid  to  acquire  the 
noncontrolling interest of CCB. 

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We do not have any off balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2010 as defined by Item 303(a)(4) 

of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
              
              
                     
                
                    
                  
                
                       
                      
                    
              
            
                     
                   
                    
                
              
                       
                      
                    
 
 
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements  

In  June 2009,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  on  accounting  for  transfers  of  financial  assets  to  improve  the 
reporting for the transfer of financial assets.  The guidance must be applied as of the beginning of each reporting 
entity’s  first  annual  reporting  period  that  begins  after  November 15,  2009,  for  interim  periods  within  that  first 
annual reporting period and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter.  Earlier application is prohibited.  
We  adopted  this  guidance  during  the  first  quarter  of  2010,  which  had  no  material  impact  on  our  consolidated 
financial statements. 

In June 2009, the FASB issued guidance on consolidation of variable interest entities to improve financial 
reporting  by  enterprises  involved  with  variable  interest  entities  and  to  provide  more  relevant  and  reliable 
information  to  users  of  financial  statements.   The  guidance  is  effective  as  of  the  beginning  of  each  reporting 
entity’s  first  annual  reporting  period  that  begins  after  November 15,  2009  for  interim  periods  within  that  first 
annual reporting period, and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter.  Earlier application is prohibited. 
 We  adopted  this  guidance  during  the  first  quarter  of  2010,  which  had  no  material  impact  on  our  consolidated 
financial statements. 

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (Topic 
820): “Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements” (“ASU 2010-06”), which clarifies and expands 
disclosure  requirements  related  to  fair  value  measurements.    Disclosures  are  required  for  significant  transfers 
between levels in the fair value hierarchy.  Activity in Level 3 fair value measurements is to be presented on a 
gross,  rather  than  net,  basis.    The  update  clarifies  how  the  appropriate  level  of  disaggregation  should  be 
determined and emphasizes that information sufficient to permit reconciliation between fair value measurements 
and  line  items  on  the  financial  statements  should  be  provided.    The  update  is  effective  for  interim  and  annual 
reporting  periods  beginning  after  December 15,  2009  except for the expanded disclosures related to activity in 
Level 3 fair value measurements which are effective one year later.  We adopted ASU 2010-06 during the first 
quarter of 2010, which had no material effect on our consolidated financial statements.  

In  April 2010,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No. 2010-18,  “Receivables”  (Topic  310):   “Effect  of  a  Loan 
Modification When the Loan Is Part of a Pool that is Accounted for as a Single Asset” (‘ASU 2010-18”), which 
clarifies the accounting for acquired loans that have evidence of a deterioration in credit quality since origination 
(referred  to  as  “Subtopic  310-30  Loans”).    Under  ASU  2010-18,  an  entity  may  not  apply  troubled  debt 
restructuring (“TDR”) accounting guidance to individual Subtopic 310-30 loans that are part of a pool, even if 
the  modification  of  those  loans  would  otherwise  be  considered  a  troubled  debt  restructuring.    Once  a  pool  is 
established, individual loans should not be removed from the pool unless the entity sells, forecloses, or writes off 
the loan.  Entities would continue to consider whether the pool of loans is impaired if expected cash flows for the 
pool  change.    Subtopic  310-30  loans  that  are  accounted  for  individually  would  continue  to  be  subject  to  TDR 
accounting guidance.   A one-time election to terminate accounting for loans as a pool, which may be made on a 
pool-by-pool basis, is provided upon adoption of ASU 2010-18.  ASU 2010-18 is effective for interim or annual 
periods ending on or after July 15, 2010.   We adopted ASU 2010-18 during the third quarter of 2010, which had 
no material effect on our consolidated financial statements. 

In July, 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-20, “Receivables” (Topic 310) “Disclosures about the Credit 
Quality  of  Financing  Receivables  and  the  Allowance  for  Credit  Losses”  (“ASU  2010-20”),  which  requires 
significant new disclosures about the allowance for credit losses and the credit quality of financing receivables.  
The requirements are intended to enhance transparency regarding credit losses and the credit quality of loan and 
lease receivables.  Under this statement, allowance for credit losses and fair value are to be disclosed by portfolio 
segment,  while  credit  quality  information,  impaired  financing  receivables  and  nonaccrual  status  are  to  be 
presented by class of financing receivable.   Disclosure of the nature and extent, the financial impact and segment 
information of troubled debt restructurings will also be required.  The disclosures are to be presented at the level 
of  disaggregation  that  management  uses  when  assessing  and  monitoring  the  portfolio's  risk  and  performance.  
ASU 2010-20 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010.  We 
adopted  ASU  2010-20  on  December  15,  2010,  and  have  included  the  required  disclosures  in  the  notes  to  our 
consolidated financial statements (see Note 3).  

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Critical Accounting Policies 

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. generally accepted 
accounting principles and our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations require 
our  management  to  make  judgments,  assumptions  and  estimates  that  affect  the  amounts  reported  in  our 
consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.  We base our estimates on historical experience and 
on various other assumptions we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the 
basis  for  making  judgments  about  the  carrying  values  of  assets  and  liabilities.  Actual  results  may  differ  from 
these estimates and such differences may be material. 

Management believes our critical accounting policies and estimates are those related to revenue recognition, 
valuation  of  acquired  intangibles  and  goodwill  and  income  taxes.    Management  believes  these  policies  to  be 
critical because they are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results, and they require 
management  to  make  judgments  and  estimates  about  matters  that  are  inherently  uncertain.  Our  senior 
management has reviewed these critical accounting policies and related disclosures with the Audit Committee of 
our Board of Directors. 

Revenue Recognition 

We  acquire  accounts  that  have  experienced  deterioration  of  credit  quality  between  origination  and  our 
acquisition of the accounts.  The amount paid for an account reflects our determination that it is probable we will 
be unable to collect all amounts due according to the account's contractual terms. At acquisition, we review each 
account  to  determine  whether  there  is  evidence  of  deterioration  of  credit  quality  since  origination  and  if  it  is 
probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the account's contractual terms. If both 
conditions  exist,  we  determine  whether  each  such  account is  to  be  accounted  for  individually  or  whether  such 
accounts will be assembled into pools based on common risk characteristics. We consider expected prepayments 
and estimate the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal, interest and other cash flows for each 
acquired  portfolio  and  subsequently  aggregated  pools  of  accounts.  We  determine  the  excess  of  the  pool's 
scheduled contractual principal and contractual interest payments over all cash flows expected at acquisition as 
an  amount  that  should  not  be  accreted  (nonaccretable  difference)  based  on our  proprietary  acquisition  models. 
The  remaining  amount,  representing  the  excess  of  the  account's  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected  over  the 
amount paid, is accreted into income recognized on finance receivables over the remaining estimated life of the 
account or pool (accretable yield). 

We account for our investment in finance receivables under the guidance of ASC Topic 310-30, “Loans and 
Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality” (ASC 310-30).  Under ASC 310-30 static pools of 
accounts  may  be  established.   These  pools  are  aggregated  based  on  certain  common  risk  criteria.     Each  static 
pool is recorded at cost, which includes certain direct costs of acquisition paid to third parties, and is accounted 
for as a single unit for the recognition of income, payments applied to principal and loss provision.  Once a static 
pool  is  established  for  a  calendar  quarter,  individual  receivable  accounts  are  not  added  to  the  pool  (unless 
replaced by the seller) or removed from the pool (unless sold or returned to the seller).  ASC 310-30 requires that 
the  excess  of  the  contractual  cash  flows  over  expected  cash  flows,  based  on  our  estimates  derived  from  our 
proprietary collection models, not be recognized as an adjustment of revenue or expense or on the balance sheet. 
ASC 310-30, utilizing the interest method, initially freezes the yield, estimated when the accounts are purchased 
as  the  basis  for  subsequent  impairment  testing.   Significant  increases  in  expected  future  cash  flows  may  be 
recognized  prospectively,  through  an  upward  adjustment  of  the  yield,  over  a  portfolio’s  remaining  life.   Any 
increase to the yield then becomes the new benchmark for impairment testing.  Under ASC 310-30, rather than 
lowering the estimated yield if the collection estimates are not received or projected to be received, the carrying 
value of a pool would be written down to maintain the then current yield and is shown as a reduction in revenue 
in the consolidated income statements with a corresponding valuation allowance offsetting finance receivables, 
net, on the consolidated balance sheets.  Income on finance receivables is accrued quarterly based on each static 
pool’s effective yield. Quarterly cash flows greater than the interest accrual will reduce the carrying value of the 
static  pool.   This  reduction  in  carrying  value  is  defined  as  payments  applied  to  principal  (also  referred  to  as 
finance  receivable  amortization).   Likewise,  cash  flows  that  are  less  than  the  interest  accrual  will  accrete  the 
carrying balance.  Generally, we do not record accretion in the first six to twelve months of the estimated life of 
the  pool;  accordingly,  we  utilize  either  the  cost  recovery  method  or  cash  method  when  necessary  to  prevent 
accretion as permitted by ASC 310-30.  The yield is estimated and periodically recalculated based on the timing 
and  amount  of  anticipated  cash  flows  using  our  proprietary  collection  models.   A  pool  can  become  fully 
53

 
 
 
 
 
amortized  (zero  carrying  balance  on  the  balance  sheet)  while  still  generating  cash  collections.   In  this  case,  all 
cash collections are recognized as revenue when received.  Under the cash method, revenue is recognized as it 
would be under the interest method up to the amount of cash collections.  Additionally, we use the cost recovery 
method when collections on a particular pool of accounts cannot be reasonably predicted.  These cost recovery 
pools are not aggregated with other portfolios.  Under the cost recovery method, no revenue is recognized until 
we have fully collected the cost of the portfolio, or until such time that we consider the collections to be probable 
and estimable and begin to recognize income based on the interest method as described above.  

We  establish  valuation  allowances  for  all  acquired  accounts  subject  to  ASC  310-30  to  reflect  only  those 
losses incurred after acquisition (that is, the present value of cash flows initially expected at acquisition that are 
no longer expected to be collected). Valuation allowances are established only subsequent to acquisition of the 
accounts.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had a valuation allowance of $76.4 million and $51.3 million, 
respectively, on our finance receivables.   

We implement the accounting for income recognized on finance receivables under ASC 310-30 as follows.  
We create each accounting pool using our projections of estimated cash flows and expected economic life.  We 
then compute the effective yield that fully amortizes the pool to the end of its expected economic life based on 
the  current  projections  of  estimated  cash  flows.   As  actual  cash  flow  results  are  recorded,  we  balance  those 
results  to  the  data  contained  in  our  proprietary  models  to  ensure  accuracy,  then  review  each  accounting  pool 
watching for trends, actual performance versus projections and curve shape, sometimes re-forecasting future cash 
flows utilizing our statistical models.  The review process is primarily performed by our finance staff; however, 
our operational and statistical staffs may also be involved depending upon actual cash flow results achieved.  To 
the  extent  there  is  overperformance,  we  will  either  increase  the  yield  or  release  the  allowance  and  consider 
increasing future cash projections, if persuasive evidence indicates that the overperformance is considered to be a 
significant  betterment.  If  the  overperformance  is  considered  more  of  an  acceleration  of  cash  flows  (a  timing 
difference),  the  Company  will  adjust  estimated  future  cash  flows  downward  which  effectively  extends  the 
amortization period, or take no action at all if the amortization period is reasonable and falls within the pools’ 
expected  economic  life.   In  either  case,  yield  may  or  may  not  be  increased  due  to  the  time  value  of  money 
(accelerated  cash  collections).  To  the  extent  there  is  underperformance,  we  will  record  an  allowance  if  the 
underperformance  is  significant  and  will  also  consider  revising  estimated  future  cash  flows  based  on  current 
period information, or take no action if the pool’s amortization period is reasonable and falls within the currently 
projected economic life.   

We utilize the provisions ASC Topic 605-45, “Principal Agent Considerations” (“ASC 605-45”), to account 
for  revenues  from  our  fee  for  service  subsidiaries.    ASC  605-45  requires  an  analysis  to  be  completed  to 
determine if certain revenues should be reported gross or reported net of their related operating expense.  This 
analysis  includes  an  assessment  of  who  retains  inventory/credit  risk,  who  controls  vendor  selection,  who 
establishes pricing and who remains the primary obligor on the transaction.  Each of these factors was considered 
to determine the correct method of recognizing revenue from our subsidiaries.   

Our skip tracing subsidiary utilizes both gross and net reporting under ASC 605-45.  We generate revenue 
by working an account and successfully locating a customer for our client.  An “investigative fee” is received for 
these  services.    In  addition,  we  incur  “agent  expenses”  where  we  hire  a  third-party  collector  to  effectuate 
repossession.  In many cases we have an arrangement with our client which allows us to bill the client for these 
fees.    We  have  determined  these  fees  to  be  gross  revenue  based  on  the  criteria  in  ASC  605-45  and  they  are 
recorded  as  such  in  the  line  item  “Fee  income,”  primarily  because  we  are  primarily  liable  to  the  third  party 
collector. There is a corresponding expense in “Legal and agency fees and costs” for these pass-through items.   
We  also  incur  fees  to  release  liens  on  the  repossessed  collateral.    These  lien-release  fees  are  netted  in  the  line 
“Legal and agency fees and costs.” 

Our  government  processing  and  collection  business’  primary  source  of  income  is  derived  from  servicing 
taxing  authorities  in  several  different  ways:    processing  all  of  their  tax  payments  and  tax  forms,  collecting 
delinquent  taxes,  identifying  taxes  that  are  not  being  paid  and  auditing  tax  payments.    The  processing  and 
collection  pieces  are  standard  commission  based  billings  or  fee  for  service transactions.  When we conduct an 
audit, there are two components.  The first component is a billing for the hours incurred on conducting the audit.  
This billing is marked up from the actual costs incurred.  The gross billing is a component of the line item “Fee 
income”  and  the  expense  is  included  in  the  line  item  “Compensation  and  employee  services.”    The  second 
component  is  expenses  incurred  while  conducting  the  audit.    Most  jurisdictions  will  reimburse  us  for  direct 
54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
expenses incurred for the audit including such items as travel and meals.  The billed amounts are included in the 
line  item  “Fee  income”  and  the  expense  component  is  included  in  its  appropriate  expense  category,  generally, 
“Other operating expenses.” 

Our claims administration and payment processing business utilizes net reporting under ASC 605-45.  We 
generate revenue by filing claims with the class action claims administrator on behalf of our clients and receive 
the related settlement payment.  Under SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin 104, (“SAB 104”), we have determined 
our fee is not earned until we have received the settlement funds.  When a payment is received from the claims 
administrator for settlement of a lawsuit, we record our fee on a net basis as revenue and include it in the line 
item “Fee income.”   The balance of the received amounts is recorded as a liability and included in the line item 
“Accounts payable.” 

Valuation of Acquired Intangibles and Goodwill 

In  accordance  with  ASC  Topic  350  “Intangibles—Goodwill  and  Other”  (“ASC  350”)  we  are  required  to 
perform a review of goodwill for impairment annually or earlier if indicators of potential impairment exist. The 
review  of  goodwill  for  potential  impairment  is  highly  subjective  and  requires  that:  (1) goodwill  is  allocated  to 
various reporting units of our business to which it relates; and (2) we estimate the fair value of those reporting 
units to which the goodwill relates and then determine the book value of those reporting units.  If the estimated 
fair  value  of  reporting  units  with  allocated  goodwill  is  determined  to  be  less  than  their  book  value,  we  are 
required  to  estimate  the  fair  value  of  all  identifiable  assets  and  liabilities  of  those  reporting  units  in  a  manner 
similar  to  a  purchase  price  allocation  for  an  acquired  business.  This  requires  independent  valuation  of  certain 
unrecognized  assets.  Once  this  process  is  complete,  the  amount  of  goodwill  impairment,  if  any,  can  be 
determined. 

We  believe  that,  at  December  31,  2010,  there  was  no  impairment  of  goodwill  or  other  intangible  assets. 
However,  changes  in  various  circumstances  including  changes  in  our  market  capitalization,  changes  in  our 
forecasts  and  changes  in  our  internal  business  structure  could  cause  one  of  our  reporting  units  to  be  valued 
differently thereby causing an impairment of goodwill. Additionally, in response to changes in our industry and 
changes  in  global  or  regional  economic  conditions,  we  may  strategically  realign  our  resources  and  consider 
restructuring, disposing or otherwise exiting businesses, which could result in an impairment of some or all of 
our identifiable intangibles or goodwill.  There were no such plans in place at December 31, 2010. 

Income Taxes 

We follow the guidance of FASB ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”) as it relates to the provision 
for income taxes and uncertainty in income taxes.  Accordingly, we record a tax provision for the anticipated tax 
consequences of the reported results of operations.  In accordance with ASC 740 the provision for income taxes 
is computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized 
for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases 
of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities 
are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which 
those tax assets are expected to be realized or settled.    The guidance also prescribes a recognition threshold and 
measurement  attribute  for  the  financial  statement  recognition  and  measurement  of  a  tax  position  taken  or 
expected  to  be  taken  in  a  tax  return.   It  also  provides  guidance  on  derecognition,  classification,  interest  and 
penalties, accounting in interim periods and disclosure.  The evaluation of a tax position in accordance with the 
guidance is a two-step process.  The first step is recognition: the enterprise determines whether it is more-likely-
than-not  that  a  tax  position  will  be  sustained  upon  examination,  including  resolution  of  any  related  appeals  or 
litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position.  In evaluating whether a tax position has met 
the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the enterprise should presume that the position will be examined 
by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information.  The second step 
is  measurement:  a  tax  position  that  meets  the  more-likely-than-not  recognition  threshold  is  measured  to 
determine  the  amount  of  benefit  to  recognize  in  the  financial  statements.   The  tax  position  is  measured  as  the 
largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  Tax 
positions  that  previously  failed  to  meet  the  more-likely-than-not  recognition  threshold  should  be  recognized  in 
the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met.  Previously recognized tax positions 
that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent 
financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met.    

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
Effective  with  our  2002  tax  filings,  we  adopted  the  cost  recovery  method  of  income  recognition  for  tax 
purposes.  We  believe  cost  recovery  to  be  an  acceptable  method  for  companies  in  the  bad  debt  purchasing 
industry  and  results  in  the  reduction  of  current  taxable  income  as,  for  tax  purposes,  collections  on  finance 
receivables  are  applied  first  to  principal  to  reduce  the  finance  receivables  to  zero  before  any  income  is 
recognized. 

We believe it is more likely than not that forecasted income, including income that may be generated as a 
result  of  certain  tax  planning  strategies,  together  with  the  tax  effects  of  the  deferred  tax  liabilities,  will  be 
sufficient to fully recover the remaining deferred tax assets.  In the event that all or part of the deferred tax assets 
are  determined  not  to  be  realizable  in  the  future,  a  valuation  allowance  would  be  established  and  charged  to 
earnings in the period such determination is made.  Similarly, if we subsequently realize deferred tax assets that 
were previously determined to be unrealizable, the respective valuation allowance would be reversed, resulting in 
a positive adjustment to earnings or a decrease in goodwill in the period such determination is made. In addition, 
the  calculation  of  tax  liabilities  involves  significant  judgment  in  estimating  the  impact  of  uncertainties  in  the 
application of complex tax laws.  Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with our expectations 
could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position. 

 Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk. 

Our  exposure  to  market  risk  relates  primarily  to  interest  rate  risk  with  our  variable  rate  credit  line.    The 
average borrowings on our variable rate credit line were $244.2 million and $234.9 million for the years ended 
December  31,  2010  and  2009,  respectively.    Assuming  a  200  basis  point  increase  in  interest  rates,  interest 
expense  would  have  increased  by  $5.0  million  and  $4.8  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010  and 
2009, respectively.  As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had $250.0 million and $269.3 million, respectively, 
of variable rate debt outstanding on our credit lines. We do not have any other variable rate debt outstanding as 
of December 31, 2010.  Significant increases in future interest rates on the variable rate credit line could lead to a 
material decrease in future earnings assuming all other factors remained constant. 

56

 
 
 
 
 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 

See Item 6 for quarterly consolidated financial statements for 2010 and 2009. 

Index to Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  
Consolidated Balance Sheets  

as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 

Consolidated Income Statements   

for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and 

Comprehensive Income 
for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

Page 
58 

59 

60 

61 

62 
63-86 

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.: 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Portfolio  Recovery 
Associates,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the Company)  as  of  December 31,  2010  and  2009,  and  the 
related  consolidated  income  statements,  and  statements  of  changes  in  stockholders’  equity  and 
comprehensive  income,  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended 
December 31,  2010.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the 
Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated 
financial statements based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance  with  the standards of the Public Company Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles 
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial 
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all 
material respects, the financial position of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries 
as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for 
each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  December 31,  2010,  in  conformity  with 
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight  Board  (United  States),  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.’s  internal  control  over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control – 
Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 25, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion 
on  the  effectiveness  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting.  

Norfolk, Virginia  
February 25, 2011 

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
  December 31, 2010 and 2009 
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Assets

2010

2009

Cash and cash equivalents
Finance receivables, net
Accounts receivable, net
Income taxes receivable
Property and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Other assets

$            

41,094
831,330
8,932
2,363
24,270
61,678
18,466
7,775

$            

20,265
693,462
9,169
4,460
21,864
29,299
10,756
5,158

Total assets

$          

995,908

$          

794,433

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
Accrued payroll and bonuses
Net deferred tax liability
Line of credit
Long-term debt
Derivative instrument
Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 19)

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

Stockholders' equity:

Preferred stock, par value $0.01, authorized shares, 2,000,

issued and outstanding shares - 0

Common stock, par value $0.01, authorized shares, 30,000,

17,064 issued and outstanding shares at December 31, 2010, and
15,596 issued and 15,514 outstanding shares at December 31, 2009

Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes

Total stockholders' equity

$             

3,227
4,904
15,445
164,971
300,000
2,396
-
490,943

$             

4,108
4,506
11,633
117,206
319,300
1,499
701
458,953

14,449

-

171
163,538
326,807
-
490,516

-

-

155
82,400
253,353
(428)
335,480

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

$          

995,908

$          

794,433

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

59

 
 
  
 
    
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Consolidated Income Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 
(Amounts in thousands, except per shares amounts) 

Revenues:

Income recognized on finance receivables, net
Fee income

Total revenues

Operating expenses:

    Compensation and employee services
    Legal and agency fees and costs
    Outside fees and services
    Communications
    Rent and occupancy
    Depreciation and amortization
    Other operating expenses

Total operating expenses

Income from operations

Other income and (expense):

Interest income
Interest expense

Income before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Net income

2010

2009

2008

$        

309,680
63,026

$         

215,612
65,479

$        

206,486
56,789

372,706

281,091

263,275

124,077
60,941
12,554
17,226
5,313
12,437
10,296

242,844

129,862

65
(9,052)

120,875

47,004

106,388
46,978
9,570
14,773
4,761
9,213
8,799

200,482

80,609

3
(7,909)

72,703

28,397

88,073
52,869
8,883
10,304
3,908
7,424
6,977

178,438

84,837

60
(11,151)

73,746

28,384

$          

73,871

$           

44,306

$          

45,362

Less net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest

(417)

-

-

Net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.

$          

73,454

$           

44,306

$          

45,362

Net income per common share attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc:

Basic
Diluted

Weighted average number of shares outstanding:

Basic
Diluted

$            
$            

4.37
4.35

$             
$             

2.87
2.87

$            
$            

2.98
2.97

16,820
16,885

15,420
15,454

15,229
15,292

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income 
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 
(Amounts in thousands) 

Balance at December 31, 2007

Net income
Net unrealized change in:

Interest rate swap derivative

Comprehensive income
Exercise of stock options and vesting of nonvested shares
Issuance of common stock for acquisition
Amortization of share-based compensation
Income tax benefit from share-based compensation
Reversal of FIN 48 reserve

Common Stock 

Shares

15,159

Amount
$          
152

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Retained
Earnings

$        

71,443

$          

163,685

Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
(Loss), Net of Taxes
$                             
-

Total
Stockholders'
Equity

$                

235,280

-

-

-
-
-

75
52

-

-

1
-
-
-
-

-

-

606
1,847
141
357
180

45,362

-

-
-
-
-
-

-

89

-
-
-
-
-

45,362

89
45,451
607
1,847
141
357
180

Balance at December 31, 2008

15,286

$          

153

$        

74,574

$          

209,047

$                              

89

$                

283,863

Net income
Net unrealized change in:

Interest rate swap derivative, net of tax

Comprehensive income
Exercise of stock options and vesting of nonvested shares
Issuance of common stock for acquisition
Amortization of share-based compensation
Income tax benefit from share-based compensation

-

-

198
30

-
-

-

-

2
-
-
-

-

-

1,913
1,170
3,820
923

44,306

-

-
-
-
-

-

(517)

-
-
-
-

44,306

(517)
43,789
1,915
1,170
3,820
923

Balance at December 31, 2009

15,514

$          

155

$        

82,400

$          

253,353

$                           

(428)

$                

335,480

Net income
Net unrealized change in:

Interest rate swap derivative, net of tax

Comprehensive income
Exercise of stock options and vesting of nonvested shares
Proceeds from stock offering, net of offering costs
Amortization of share-based compensation
Income tax benefit from share-based compensation
Issuance of common stock for acquisition

-

-

38
1,438
-
-

74

-

-

2
14
-
-
-

-

-

55
71,674
4,203
256
4,950

73,454

-

-
-
-
-
-

-

428

-
-
-
-
-

73,454

428
73,882
57
71,688
4,203
256
4,950

Balance at December 31, 2010

17,064

$          

171

$       

163,538

$          

326,807

$                             
-

$                

490,516

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

61

 
 
 
 
        
            
            
              
              
            
            
            
        
            
            
            
              
            
            
        
            
            
              
         
            
            
              
        
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 
(Amounts in thousands)   

Cash flows from operating activities:

  Net income
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
        provided by operating activities:
    Amortization of share-based compensation
    Depreciation and amortization
    Deferred tax expense
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Other assets
      Accounts receivable
      Accounts payable
      Income taxes receivable
      Accrued expenses
      Accrued payroll and bonuses

2010

2009

2008

$              

73,871

$              

44,306

$              

45,362

4,203
12,437
47,493

1,204
237
(881)
2,097
(892)
3,812

3,820
9,213
28,927

(1,862)
(891)
670
(873)
192
1,783

141
7,424
30,854

(555)
(1,663)
(1,167)
(385)
(413)
2,120

Net cash provided by operating activities

143,581

85,285

81,718

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of property and equipment
Acquisition of finance receivables, net of buybacks
Collections applied to principal on finance receivables
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Contingent payment made for business acquisition

(9,546)
(357,530)
219,662
(23,000)
(117)

(4,521)
(282,023)
152,391
-
(100)

(6,139)
(273,746)
120,213
(26,041)
-

Net cash used in investing activities

(170,531)

(134,253)

(185,713)

Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from exercise of options
Income tax benefit from share-based compensation
Payment of liability-classified contingent consideration
Proceeds from line of credit
Principal payments on line of credit
Payments of line of credit origination costs and fees
Proceeds from stock offering, net of offering costs
Proceeds from long-term debt
Principal payments on long-term debt
Principal payments on capital lease obligations

Net cash provided by financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

57
256
(2,000)
177,500
(196,800)
(3,819)
71,688
1,569
(672)
-

47,779

20,829

20,265

1,915
923
-
123,500
(72,500)
-
-
2,036
(537)
(5)

607
357
-
171,300
(71,000)
-
-
-
-
(98)

55,332

101,166

6,364

13,901

(2,829)

16,730

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

$              

41,094

$              

20,265

$              

13,901

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

Cash paid for interest
Cash paid for income taxes

Noncash investing and financing activities:
Common stock issued for acquisition
Net unrealized change in fair value of derivative instrument
Distributions payable relating to noncontrolling interest

$                
$                   

9,398
107

$                
$                   

8,004
365

$              
11,322
$                       
3

$                
$                   
$                

4,950
701
1,291

1,170
$                
(790)
$                  
$                        
-

$                
1,847
$                     
89
$                        
-

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

62

 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

1.  Organization and Business: 

Portfolio Recovery Associates, LLC (“PRA”) was formed on March 20, 1996.  Portfolio Recovery Associates, 
Inc. (“PRA Inc”) was formed in August 2002.  On November 8, 2002, PRA Inc completed its initial public offering 
(“IPO”) of common stock.  As a result, all of the membership units and warrants of PRA were exchanged on a one 
to one basis for warrants and shares of a single class of common stock of PRA Inc.  PRA Inc owns all outstanding 
membership  units  of  PRA,  PRA  Holding  I,  LLC,  PRA  Holding  II,  LLC,  PRA  Holding  III,  LLC  (“PRA  Holding 
III”),  PRA  Receivables  Management,  LLC  (formerly  d/b/a  Anchor  Receivables  Management),  PRA  Location 
Services,  LLC  (d/b/a  IGS  Nevada),  PRA  Government  Services,  LLC  (d/b/a  RDS)  and  MuniServices,  LLC.    On 
March 15, 2010, PRA Inc acquired 62% of the membership units of Claims Compensation Bureau, LLC (“CCB”).    
The  business  of  PRA  Inc,  a  Delaware  corporation,  and  its  subsidiaries  (collectively,  the  “Company”)  revolves 
around  the  detection,  collection,  and  processing  of  both  unpaid  and  normal-course  receivables  originally owed to 
credit grantors, governments, retailers and others.  The Company’s primary business is the purchase, collection and 
management of portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. These accounts are purchased from sellers of finance 
receivables  and  collected  by  a  highly  skilled  staff  whose  purpose  is  to  locate  and  contact  customers  and  arrange 
payment or resolution of their debts.  The Company, through its Litigation Department, collects accounts judicially, 
either  by  using  its  own  attorneys  or  by  contracting  with  independent  attorneys  throughout  the  country  through 
whom the Company takes legal action to satisfy customer debts.  The Company also provides services for clients on 
either  a  commission  or  transaction-fee  basis.    Clients  include  entities in the financial services, auto, retail, utility, 
health care and government sectors.  Services provided to these clients include obtaining location information for 
clients in support of their collection activities (known as skip tracing), and the management of both delinquent and 
non-delinquent  receivables  for  government  entities.    In  addition,  through  its  newly  acquired  CCB  subsidiary,  the 
Company provides class action claims settlement recovery services and related payment processing to its corporate 
clients. 

On December 28, 1999, PRA formed a wholly owned subsidiary, PRA Holding I, LLC (“PRA Holding I”), and 
is the sole member.  The purpose of PRA Holding I is to enter into leases of office space and hold the Company’s 
real property (see Note 10) in Hutchinson, Kansas, Norfolk, Virginia and other real and personal property. 

On June 1, 2000, PRA formed a wholly owned subsidiary, PRA Receivables Management, LLC (d/b/a Anchor 
Receivables  Management)  (“Anchor”)  and  was  the  sole  initial  member.    Anchor  was  organized  as  a  contingent 
collection  agency  and  contracted  with holders  of  finance  receivables  to  attempt  collection  efforts  on  a  contingent 
basis for a stated period of time.  Anchor became fully operational during April 2001.  The Company purchased the 
equity  interest  in  Anchor  from  PRA  immediately  after  the  IPO.    The  Company  ceased  its  Anchor  contingent  fee 
operation  during  the  second  quarter  of  2008,  but  PRA  Receivables  Management,  LLC  continues  to  serve  as  the 
operational entity for the Company’s bankruptcy department. 

On October 1, 2004, the Company acquired the assets of IGS Nevada, Inc., a privately held company specializing 
in asset-location and debt resolution services (the resulting business is referred to herein as “IGS”).  On September 
10, 2004, the Company created a wholly owned subsidiary, PRA Location Services, LLC d/b/a IGS to operate IGS.   

On July 29, 2005, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and liabilities of Alatax, Inc., a provider of 
outsourced business revenue administration, audit and debt discovery/recovery services for local governments (the 
resulting  business  is  referred  to  herein  as  “RDS”).        Although  most  of  its  clients  are  located  in  Alabama,  RDS, 
through PRA Government Services, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary formed by the Company on June 23, 2005, is 
expanding into surrounding states. 

On October 13, 2006, PRA formed a wholly owned subsidiary, PRA Holding II, LLC (“PRA Holding II”), and is 
its sole member.  The purpose of PRA Holding II is to hold the Company’s real property in Jackson, Tennessee and 
other real and personal property.  PRA Holding II originally purchased the real property in 2006 and subsequently 
conveyed  it  to  the  Industrial  Development Board of the City of Jackson.  The Company leases back the property 
from the Industrial Board under a long term Master Industrial Lease Agreement, and has the option to re-purchase 
the property at any time during the term of the lease. 

On July 1, 2008, the Company acquired 100% of the membership interests of MuniServices, LLC (the resulting 
business is referred to herein as “MuniServices”).  MuniServices was founded in 1978 and is a provider of revenue 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

enhancement and related services to state and local governments.  The consolidated income statements include the 
results of operations of MuniServices for the period from July 1, 2008 through December 31, 2010.   

 On August 1, 2008, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Broussard Partners and Associates, 
Inc.  (“BPA”),  which  is  operating  as  a  part  of  RDS.    BPA,  founded  in  1995,  is  a  provider  of  audit  services  to 
parishes in Louisiana.  The consolidated income statements include the results of operations of BPA for the period 
from August 1, 2008 through December 31, 2010. 

On October 9, 2009, PRA formed a wholly owned subsidiary, PRA Holding III, LLC (“PRA Holding III”) d/b/a 
PRA  Cafe.    The  purpose  of  PRA  Holding  III  is  to  own  and  operate  the  Company’s  employee  café located at the 
Company’s headquarters on Norfolk, Virginia. 

On March 15, 2010, the Company acquired 62% of the membership units of Claims Compensation Bureau, LLC 
(“CCB”).    CCB  is  a  leading  provider  of  class  action  claims  settlement  recovery  services  and  related  payment 
processing to corporate clients.  The consolidated income statements include the results of operations of CCB for 
the period from March 15, 2010 through December 31, 2010. 

2. 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: 

Principles  of  accounting  and  consolidation:    The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  are 
prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and  include  the  accounts  of  PRA  Inc, 
PRA,  PRA  Holding  I,  PRA  Holding  II,  PRA  Holding  III,  IGS,  RDS,  MuniServices  and  CCB.    All  significant 
intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated.    Under  the  guidance  of  the  Financial  Accounting 
Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  Topic  280  “Segment  Reporting”  (“ASC 
280”), the Company has determined that it has several operating segments that meet the aggregation criteria of ASC 
280, and therefore, it has one reportable segment, accounts receivable management, based on similarities among the 
operating units including homogeneity of services, service delivery methods and use of technology. 

Cash  and  cash  equivalents:    The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  a  maturity  of  three 
months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.  Included in cash and cash equivalents are funds held on the 
behalf of others arising from the collection of accounts placed with the Company.  The balance of the funds held on 
behalf  of  others  was  $1,457,807  and  $1,709,673  at  December  31,  2010  and  2009,  respectively.      There  is  an 
offsetting liability that is included in “Accounts payable” on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. 

Other assets:  Other assets consist mainly of prepaid expenses and deposits, line of credit origination costs and 

fees and capitalizable internal use software development costs on projects that are in the development stage.  

Concentrations of credit risk:  Financial instruments, which potentially expose the Company to concentrations 
of credit risk, consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and investments.  The Company places its cash and cash 
equivalents and investments with high quality financial institutions.  At times, cash balances may be in excess of the 
amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  

Derivative instruments and hedging activities:  The Company accounts for derivatives and hedging activities in 
accordance  with  FASB ASC  Topic  815  “Derivatives  and  Hedging”  (“ASC  815”),  which  requires  entities  to 
recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet at their respective fair values. 
For  derivatives  designated  in  hedging  relationships,  changes  in  the  fair  value  are  either  offset  through  earnings 
against  the  change  in  fair  value  of  the  hedged  item  attributable  to  the  risk  being  hedged  or  recognized  in 
accumulated other comprehensive income or loss until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. 

The  Company  only  enters  into  derivative  contracts  that  it  intends  to  designate  as  a  hedge  of  a  forecasted 
transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow 
hedge).  For  all  hedging  relationships,  the  Company  formally  documents  the  hedging  relationship  and  its 
risk-management  objective  and  strategy  for  undertaking  the  hedge,  the  hedging  instrument,  the  hedged  item,  the 
nature  of  the  risk  being  hedged,  how  the  hedging  instrument’s  effectiveness  in  offsetting  the  hedged  risk  will  be 
assessed  prospectively  and  retrospectively,  and  a  description  of  the  method  of  measuring  ineffectiveness.  The 
Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that 
are  used  in  hedging  transactions  are  highly  effective  in  offsetting  cash  flows  of  hedged  items.  For  derivative 

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

instruments  that  are  designated  and  qualify  as  a  cash-flow  hedge,  the  effective  portion  of  the  gain  or  loss  on  the 
derivative  is  reported  as  a  component  of  other  comprehensive  income  and  reclassified  into  earnings  in  the  same 
period  or  periods  during  which  the  hedged  transaction  affects  earnings.  Gains  and  losses  on  the  derivative 
representing  either  hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are 
recognized in current earnings. 

The  Company  discontinues  hedge  accounting  prospectively  when  it  determines  that  the  derivative  is  no  longer 
effective in offsetting cash flows of the hedged item, the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, the 
derivative is dedesignated as a hedging instrument because it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur, or 
management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate. 

In all situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued and the derivative is retained, the Company continues 
to carry the derivative at its fair value on the balance sheet and recognizes any subsequent changes in its fair value 
in  earnings.  When  it  is  probable  that  a  forecasted  transaction  will  not  occur,  the  Company  discontinues  hedge 
accounting and recognizes immediately in earnings gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive 
income. 

Finance receivables and income recognition: The Company’s principal business consists of the acquisition and 
collection  of  pools  of  accounts  that  have  experienced  deterioration  of  credit  quality  between  origination  and  the 
Company's acquisition of the accounts.  The amount paid for any pool reflects the Company’s determination that it 
is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to an account's contractual terms. At 
acquisition, the Company reviews the portfolio both by account and aggregate pool to determine whether there is 
evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination and if it is probable that the Company will be unable to 
collect  all  amounts  due  according  to  the  account's  contractual  terms.  If  both  conditions  exist,  the  Company 
determines  whether  each  such  account  is  to  be  accounted  for  individually  or  whether  such  accounts  will  be 
assembled  into  pools  based  on  common  risk  characteristics.  The  Company  considers  expected  prepayments  and 
estimates the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal, interest and other cash flows for each acquired 
portfolio  and  subsequently  aggregates  pools  of  accounts.  The  Company  determines  the  excess  of  the  pool's 
scheduled contractual principal and contractual interest payments over all cash flows expected at acquisition as an 
amount  that  should  not  be  accreted  (nonaccretable  difference)  based  on  the  Company’s  proprietary  acquisition 
models. The remaining amount, representing the excess of the pool's cash flows expected to be collected over the 
amount paid, is accreted into income recognized on finance receivables over the remaining estimated life of the pool 
(accretable yield). 

The Company accounts for its investment in finance receivables under the guidance of FASB ASC Topic 310-30 
“Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality” (“ASC 310-30”).  Under ASC 310-30, static 
pools  of  accounts  may  be  established.    These  pools  are  aggregated  based  on  certain  common  risk  criteria.    Each 
static  pool  is  recorded  at  cost,  which  includes  certain  direct  costs  of  acquisition  paid  to  third  parties,  and  is 
accounted  for  as  a  single  unit  for  the  recognition  of  income,  payments    applied  to  principal,  and  loss  provision.  
Once  a  static  pool  is  established  for  a  calendar  quarter,  individual  receivable  accounts  are  not  added  to  the  pool 
(unless  replaced  by  the  seller)  or  removed  from  the  pool  (unless  sold  or  returned  to  the  seller).    ASC  310-30 
requires that the excess of the contractual cash flows over expected cash flows, based on the Company’s estimates 
derived from its proprietary collection models, not be recognized as an adjustment of revenue or expense or on the 
balance sheet. ASC 310-30, utilizing the interest method, initially freezes the yield estimated when the accounts are 
purchased as the basis for subsequent impairment testing.  Significant increases in actual, or expected future cash 
flows  may  be  recognized  prospectively,  through  an  upward  adjustment  of  the  yield,  over  a  portfolio’s  remaining 
life. Any increase to the yield then becomes the new benchmark for impairment testing.  Under ASC 310-30, rather 
than lowering the estimated yield if the collection estimates are not received or projected to be received, the carrying 
value of a pool would be written down to maintain the then current yield and is shown as a reduction in revenue in 
the consolidated income statements with a corresponding valuation allowance offsetting finance receivables, net, on 
the  consolidated  balance  sheets.    Income  on  finance  receivables  is  accrued  quarterly  based  on  each  static  pool’s 
effective  yield.  Quarterly  cash  flows  greater  than  the  interest  accrual  will  reduce  the  carrying  value  of  the  static 
pool.    This  reduction  in  carrying  value  is  defined  as  payments  applied  to  principal  (also  referred  to  as  finance 
receivable amortization).  Likewise, cash flows that are less than the interest accrual will increase, or “accrete,” the 
carrying  balance.    The  Company  generally  does  not  record  accretion  in  the  first  six  to  twelve  months  of  the 
estimated life of the pool; accordingly, the Company utilizes either the cost recovery method or cash method when 
necessary, as permitted by ASC 310-30, to prevent accretion.  The yield is estimated and periodically recalculated 

65

 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

based on the timing and amount of anticipated cash flows using the Company’s proprietary collection models.  A 
pool can become fully amortized (zero carrying balance on the balance sheet) while still generating cash collections.  
In  this  case,  all  cash  collections  are  recognized  as  revenue  when  received.    Under  the  cash  method,  revenue  is 
recognized  as  it  would  be  under  the  interest  method  up  to  the  amount  of  cash  collections.    Additionally,  the 
Company  uses  the  cost  recovery  method  when  collections  on  a  particular  pool  of  accounts  cannot  be  reasonably 
predicted.  These cost recovery pools are not aggregated with other portfolios.  Under the cost recovery method, no 
revenue  is  recognized  until  the  Company  has  fully  collected  the  cost  of  the  portfolio,  or  until  such  time  that  the 
Company  considers  the  collections  to  be  probable  and  estimable  and  begins  to  recognize  income  based  on  the 
interest  method  as  described  above.    At  December  31,  2010  and  2009,  the  Company  had  net  finance  receivables 
balances in pools accounted for under the cost recovery method of $1.6 million and $2.9 million, respectively. 

The  Company  establishes  valuation  allowances,  if  necessary,  for  acquired  accounts  subject  to  ASC  310-30  to 
reflect  only  those  losses  incurred  after  acquisition  (that  is,  the  present  value  of  cash  flows  initially  expected  at 
acquisition  that  are  no  longer  expected  to  be  collected).  Valuation  allowances  are  established  only  subsequent  to 
acquisition of the accounts.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had an allowance against its finance 
receivables of $76,407,000 and $51,255,000, respectively. 

The  Company  implements  the  accounting  for  income  recognized  on  finance  receivables  under  ASC  310-30  as 
follows.    The  Company  creates  each  accounting  pool  using  its  projections  of  estimated  cash  flows  and  expected 
economic  life.    The  Company  then  computes  the  effective  yield  that  fully  amortizes  the  pool  to  the  end  of  its 
expected  economic  life  based  on  the  current  projections  of  estimated  cash  flows  using  the  interest  method.    As 
actual  cash  flow  results  are  recorded,  the  Company  balances  those  results  to  the  data  contained  in  its  proprietary 
models  to  ensure  accuracy,  then  reviews  each  accounting  pool  watching  for  trends,  actual  performance  versus 
projections  and  curve  shape  (a  graphical  depiction  of  the  timing  of  cash  flows),  sometimes  re-forecasting  future 
cash  flows  utilizing  the  Company’s  statistical  models.    The  review  process  is  primarily  performed  by  the 
Company’s  finance  staff;  additionally,  the Company’s operational and statistical staffs may also be involved.  To 
the  extent  there  is  overperformance,  the  Company  will  either  increase  the  yield  or  release  the  allowance  and 
consider increasing future cash projections, if persuasive evidence indicates that the overperformance is considered 
to be a significant betterment.  If the overperformance is considered more of an acceleration of cash flows (a timing 
difference),  the  Company  will  adjust  estimated  future  cash  flows  downward  which  effectively  extends  the 
amortization  period,  or  take  no  action  at  all  if  the  amortization  period  is  reasonable  and  falls  within  the  pool’s 
expected  economic  life.    In  either  case,  the  yield  may  or  may  not  be  increased  due  to  the  time  value  of  money 
(accelerated cash collections).  To the extent there is underperformance, the Company will record an allowance if 
the  underperformance  is  significant  and  will  also  consider  revising  estimated  future  cash  flows  based  on  current 
period information, or take no action if the pool’s amortization period is reasonable and falls within the currently 
projected economic life. 

The  Company  capitalizes  certain  fees  paid  to  third  parties  related  to  the  direct  acquisition  of  a  portfolio  of 
accounts.  These fees are added to the acquisition cost of the portfolio and accordingly are amortized over the life of 
the  portfolio  using  the  interest  method.    The  balance  of  the  unamortized  capitalized  fees  at  December  31,  2010, 
2009 and 2008 was $3,295,515, $3,231,926 and $3,078,560, respectively.  During the years ended December 31, 
2010, 2009 and 2008 the Company capitalized $1,073,769, $969,927 and $1,250,940, respectively, of these direct 
acquisition fees.  During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 the Company amortized $1,010,180, 
$816,561 and $607,296, respectively, of these direct acquisition fees.   

The agreements to purchase the aforementioned receivables include general representations and warranties from 
the  sellers  covering  account  holder  death  or  bankruptcy  and  accounts  settled  or  disputed  prior  to  sale.    The 
representation  and  warranty  period  permitting  the  return  of  these  accounts  from  the  Company  to  the  seller  is 
typically 90 to 180 days.  Any funds received from the seller of finance receivables as a return of purchase price are 
referred  to  as  buybacks.    Buyback  funds  are  applied  against  the  finance  receivable  balance  received  and  are  not 
included  in  the  Company’s  cash  collections  from  operations.    In  some  cases,  the  seller  will  replace  the  returned 
accounts with new accounts in lieu of returning the purchase price.  In that case, the old account is removed from 
the pool and the new account is added. 

Fee income:  The Company utilizes the provisions ASC Topic 605-45 “Principal Agent Considerations” (“ASC 
605-45”)  to  account  for  fee  income  revenue  from  its  contingent  fee,  skip-tracing  and  government  processing  and 
collection subsidiaries.  ASC 605-45 requires an analysis to be completed to determine if certain revenues should be 

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

reported  gross  or  reported  net  of  their  related  operating  expense.    This  analysis  includes  an  assessment  of  who 
retains inventory/credit risk, which controls vendor selection, who establishes pricing and who remains the primary 
obligor  on  the  transaction.    The  Company  considers  each  of  these  factors  to  determine  the  correct  method  of 
recognizing revenue from its subsidiaries. 

For  the  Company’s  contingent  fee  subsidiary,  the  portfolios  which  are  placed  for  servicing  are  owned  by  its 
clients and are placed under a contingent fee commission arrangement.  The Company’s subsidiary is paid to collect 
funds from the client’s debtors and earns a commission generally expressed as a percentage of the gross collection 
amount.    The  “Fee  income”  line  of  the  income  statement  reflects  the  contingent  fee  amount  earned,  and  not  the 
gross  collection  amount.    The  Company  ceased  its  Anchor  contingent  fee  operation  during  the  second  quarter  of 
2008. 

The Company’s skip tracing subsidiary utilizes both gross and net reporting under ASC 605-45.  IGS generates 
revenue  by  working  an  account  and  successfully  locating  a  customer  for  its  client.    An  “investigative  fee”  is 
received for these services.  In addition, the Company incurs “agent expenses” where it hires a third-party collector 
to effectuate repossession.  In many cases the Company has an arrangement with its client which allows it to bill the 
client for these fees.  The Company has determined these fees to be gross revenue based on the criteria in ASC 605-
45 and they are recorded as such in the line item “Fee income,” primarily because the Company is primarily liable 
to the third party collector. There is a corresponding expense in “Legal and agency fees and costs” for these pass-
through items.   IGS also incurs fees to release liens on the repossessed collateral.  These lien-release fees are netted 
in the line “Legal and agency fees and costs.” 

The  Company’s  government  processing  and  collection  business’s  primary  source  of  income  is  derived  from 
servicing taxing authorities in several different ways:  processing all of their tax payments and tax forms, collecting 
delinquent taxes, identifying taxes that are not being paid and auditing tax payments.  The processing and collection 
pieces are standard commission based billings or fee for service transactions.  When audits are conducted, there are 
two components.  The first is a billing for the hours incurred on conducting the audit.  This billing is marked up 
from the actual costs incurred.  The gross billing is a component of the line item “Fee income” and the expense is 
included in the line item “Compensation and employee services.”  The second item is for expenses incurred while 
conducting  the  audit.    Most  jurisdictions  will  reimburse  the  Company  for  direct  expenses  incurred  for  the  audit 
including such items as travel and meals.  The billed amounts are included in the line item “Fee income” and the 
expense component is included in its appropriate expense category, generally, “Other operating expenses.” 

The Company’s claims administration and payment processing business utilizes net reporting under ASC 605-45.  
CCB  generates  revenue  by  filing  claims  with  the  class  action  claims  administrator  on  behalf  of  its  clients  and 
receives the related settlement payment.  Under SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin 104, (“SAB 104”), the Company has 
determined  its  fee  is  not  earned  until  it  has  received  the settlement  funds.    When  a  payment is received from the 
claims administrator for settlement of a lawsuit, the Company records its fee on a net basis as revenue and includes 
it in the line item “Fee income.”   The balance of the received amounts is recorded as a liability and included in the 
line item “Accounts payable.” 

Property  and  equipment:    Property  and  equipment,  including  improvements  that  significantly  add  to  the 
productive  capacity  or  extend  useful  life,  are  recorded  at  cost,  while  maintenance  and  repairs  are  expensed 
currently.    Property  and  equipment  are  depreciated  over  their  useful  lives  using  the  straight-line  method  of 
depreciation. Software and computer equipment are amortized or depreciated over three to five years.  Furniture and 
fixtures  are  depreciated  over  five  years.    Equipment  is  depreciated  over  five  to  seven  years.    Leasehold 
improvements  are  depreciated  over  the  lesser  of  the  useful  life,  which  ranges  from  three  to  ten  years,  or  the 
remaining term of the leased property.  Building improvements are depreciated over ten to thirty-nine years.  When 
property is sold or retired, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and 
any gain or loss is included in the income statement. 

Intangible  assets:    In  connection  with  the  Company’s  business  acquisitions,  the  Company  recorded  certain 
tangible  and  intangible  assets.    Intangible  assets  recorded  include  client  and  customer  relationships,  non-compete 
agreements,  trademarks  and  goodwill.    In  accordance  FASB  ASC  Topic  350  “Intangibles-Goodwill  and  Other” 
(“ASC  350”),  the  Company  amortizes  intangible  assets  over  their  estimated  useful  lives.    In  addition,  Goodwill, 
pursuant  to  ASC  350,  is  not  amortized  but  rather  is  reviewed  at  least  annually  for  impairment.    See  Note  8  for 
additional disclosure.  

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Income taxes:  The Company records a tax provision for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results 
of operations. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”), the provision for income 
taxes is computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized 
for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of 
assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax 
assets  are  expected  to  be  realized  or  settled.  The  Company  recognizes  the  effect  of  income  tax  positions  only  if 
those positions are more likely than not to be sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest 
amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the 
period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company records interest and penalties related to unrecognized 
tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. 

Effective  with  the  Company’s  2002  tax  filings,  the  Company  adopted  the  cost  recovery  method  of  income 
recognition  for  tax  purposes.  The  Company  believes  cost  recovery  to  be  an  acceptable  tax  revenue  recognition 
method for companies in the bad debt purchasing industry and results in the reduction of current taxable income as, 
for tax purposes, collections on finance receivables are applied first to principal to reduce the finance receivables to 
zero before any income is recognized.  

The  Company  believes  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  forecasted  income,  including  income  that  may  be 
generated  as a result of certain tax planning strategies, together with the tax effects of the deferred tax liabilities, 
will be sufficient to fully recover the deferred tax assets. In the event that all or part of the deferred tax assets are 
determined not to be realizable in the future, a valuation allowance would be established and charged to earnings in 
the period such determination is made. Similarly, if the Company subsequently realizes deferred tax assets that were 
previously  determined  to  be  unrealizable,  the  respective  valuation  allowance  would  be  reversed,  resulting  in  a 
positive  adjustment  to  earnings  in  the  period  such  determination  is  made.  In  addition,  the  calculation  of  tax 
liabilities involves significant judgment in estimating the impact of uncertainties in the application of complex tax 
laws.  Resolution  of  these  uncertainties  in  a  manner  inconsistent  with  management’s  expectations  could  have  a 
material impact on the Company’s results of operations and financial position. 

Advertising costs:  Advertising costs are expensed when incurred. 

Operating leases:  General abatements or prepaid leasing costs are recognized on a straight-line basis over the 
life  of  the  lease.    In  addition,  future  minimum  lease  payments  (including  the  impact  of  rent  escalations)  are 
expensed on a straight-lined basis over the life of the lease.  Material leasehold improvements are capitalized and 
depreciated over the remaining life of the lease. 

Capital  leases:    Leases  are  analyzed  to  determine  if  they  meet  the  definition  of  a  capital  lease  as  defined  in 
FASB  ASC  Topic  840  “Leases”  (“ASC  840”).    Those  lease  arrangements  that  meet  one  of  the  four  criteria  are 
considered  capital  leases.    As  such,  the  leased  asset  is  capitalized  and  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the 
shorter  of  the  lease  term  or  the  estimated  useful  life  of  the  asset.    The  lease  is  recorded  as  a  liability  with  each 
payment amortizing the principal balance and a portion classified as interest expense. 

Share-based  compensation:    The  Company  accounts  for  share-based  compensation  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  of  FASB  ASC  Topic  718  “Compensation-Stock  Compensation” (“ASC 718”).  ASC 718 requires that 
compensation  expense  associated  with  stock  options  and  nonvested  share  awards  be  recognized  in  the  income 
statement.  Based on historical experience, the Company assumes a forfeiture rate for most option and nonvested 
share grants.  Most options and nonvested share awards generally vest between one and five years from the grant 
date and are expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.  See Note 15 for additional disclosure. 

Use  of  estimates:    The  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally 
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported 
amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  consolidated 
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results 
could differ from those estimates. 

Significant  estimates  have  been  made  by  management  with  respect  to  the  timing  and  amount  of  future  cash 
collections  of  the  Company’s  finance  receivables  portfolios.    Actual  results  could  differ  from  these  estimates 

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

making it reasonably possible that a change in these estimates could occur within one year.  On a quarterly basis, 
management  reviews  the  estimates  of  future  cash  collections,  and  whether  it  is  reasonably  possible  that  its 
assessments of collectibility may change based on actual results and other factors. 

Estimated fair value of financial instruments:  The Company applies the provision of FASB ASC Topic 820 
“Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”).  ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be 
received  to  sell  an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the 
measurement date.  ASC 820 also requires the consideration of differing levels of inputs in the determination of fair 
values.    Based  upon  the  fact  there  are  no  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  or  other  observable  market  data,  the 
Company used unobservable inputs for computation of the fair value of finance receivables, net.  Disclosure of the 
estimated  fair  values  of  financial  instruments  often  requires  the  use  of  estimates.    See  Note  14  for  additional 
disclosure.   

Recent Accounting Pronouncements: In June 2009, the FASB issued guidance on accounting for transfers of 
financial assets to improve the reporting for the transfer of financial assets.  The guidance must be applied as of the 
beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim 
periods  within  that  first  annual  reporting  period  and  for  interim  and  annual  reporting  periods  thereafter.   Earlier 
application  is  prohibited.    The  Company  adopted  the  guidance  during  the  first  quarter  of  2010,  which  had  no 
material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  June 2009,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  on  consolidation  of  variable  interest  entities  to  improve  financial 
reporting  by  enterprises  involved  with  variable  interest  entities  and  to  provide  more  relevant  and  reliable 
information to users of financial statements.  The guidance is effective as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s 
first  annual  reporting  period  that  begins  after  November 15,  2009,  for  interim  periods  within  that  first  annual 
reporting  period,  and  for  interim  and  annual  reporting  periods  thereafter.   Earlier  application  is  prohibited.   The 
Company adopted the guidance during the first quarter of 2010, which had no material impact on its consolidated 
financial statements. 

In  January  2010,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”)  No.  2010-06,  “Fair  Value 
Measurements  and  Disclosures”  (Topic  820):  “Improving  Disclosures  about  Fair  Value  Measurements”  (“ASU 
2010-06”), which clarifies and expands disclosure requirements related to fair value measurements.  Disclosures are 
required  for  significant  transfers  between  levels  in  the  fair  value  hierarchy.    Activity  in  Level  3  fair  value 
measurements is to be presented on a gross, rather than net, basis.  The update clarifies how the appropriate level of 
disaggregation  should  be  determined  and  emphasizes  that  information  sufficient  to  permit  reconciliation  between 
fair value measurements and line items on the financial statements should be provided.  The update is effective for 
interim  and  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after  December 15,  2009,  except  for  the  expanded  disclosures 
related to activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, which are effective one year later.  The Company adopted 
ASU 2010-06 during the first quarter of 2010, which had no material effect on its consolidated financial statements.  

In April 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-18, “Receivables” (Topic 310):  “Effect of a Loan Modification 
When  the  Loan  Is  Part of  a  Pool  that  is  Accounted  for  as  a  Single  Asset”  (‘ASU  2010-18”),  which  clarifies  the 
accounting for acquired loans that have evidence of a deterioration in credit quality since origination (referred to as 
“Subtopic  310-30  Loans”).    Under  ASU  2010-18,  an  entity  may  not  apply  troubled  debt  restructuring  (“TDR”) 
accounting guidance to individual Subtopic 310-30 loans that are part of a pool, even if the modification of those 
loans  would  otherwise  be  considered  a  troubled  debt  restructuring.    Once  a  pool  is  established,  individual  loans 
should  not  be  removed  from  the  pool  unless  the  entity  sells,  forecloses,  or  writes  off  the  loan.    Entities  would 
continue  to  consider  whether  the  pool  of  loans  is  impaired  if  expected  cash  flows  for the pool change.  Subtopic 
310-30 loans that are accounted for individually would continue to be subject to TDR accounting guidance.   A one-
time election to terminate accounting for loans as a pool, which may be made on a pool-by-pool basis, is provided 
upon adoption of ASU 2010-18.  ASU 2010-18 is effective for interim or annual periods ending on or after July 15, 
2010.   The Company adopted ASU 2010-18 during the third quarter of 2010, which had no material effect on its 
consolidated financial statements. 

In  July  2010,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No. 2010-20,  “Receivables”  (Topic  310)  “Disclosures  about  the  Credit 
Quality  of  Financing  Receivables  and  the  Allowance  for  Credit  Losses”  (“ASU  2010-20”),  which  requires 
significant new disclosures about the allowance for credit losses and the credit quality of financing receivables.  The 
requirements are intended to enhance transparency regarding credit losses and the credit quality of loan and lease 

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

receivables.    Under  this  statement,  allowance  for  credit  losses  and  fair  value  are  to  be  disclosed  by  portfolio 
segment, while credit quality information, impaired financing receivables and nonaccrual status are to be presented 
by class of financing receivable.   Disclosure of the nature and extent, the financial impact and segment information 
of  troubled  debt  restructurings  will  also  be  required.   The  disclosures  are  to  be  presented  at  the  level  of 
disaggregation  that  management  uses  when  assessing  and  monitoring  the  portfolio's  risk  and  performance.    ASU 
2010-20 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010.  The Company 
adopted  ASU  2010-20  on  December  15,  2010,  and  has  included  the  required  disclosures  in  the  notes  to  its 
consolidated financial statements (see Note 3). 

3. 

Finance Receivables, net: 

Changes in finance receivables, net for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, were as follows (amounts 

in thousands): 

2010

2009

Balance at beginning of year
Acquisitions of finance receivables, net of buybacks

$                       

693,462
357,530

$                       

563,830
282,023

Cash collections
Income recognized on finance receivables, net
Cash collections applied to principal

(529,342)
309,680
(219,662)

(368,003)
215,612
(152,391)

Balance at end of year

$                       

831,330

$                       

693,462

At the time of acquisition, the life of each pool is generally estimated to be between 72 to 96 months based on 
projected  amounts  and  timing  of  future  cash  collections  using  the  proprietary  models  of  the  Company.    As  of 
December  31,  2010,  the  Company  had  $831.3  million  in  finance  receivables,  net  included  in  the  consolidated 
balance sheet.  Based upon current projections, cash collections applied to principal are estimated to be as follows 
for the following years ending December 31, (amounts in thousands):  

December 31, 2011
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2013
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2015
December 31, 2016

$                      

$                      

221,841
219,962
212,298
137,253
37,040
2,936
831,330

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  the  Company  purchased  $6.8  billion  of  face  value  of  finance 
receivables.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  the  Company  purchased  $8.1  billion  of  face  value  of 
finance  receivables.    At  December  31,  2010,  the  estimated  remaining  collections  on  the  receivables  purchased 
during  2010  and  2009  were  $674.3  million  and  $486.2  million,  respectively.    There  were  no  sales  of  finance 
receivables during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. 

Accretable yield represents the amount of income recognized on finance receivables the Company can expect to 
generate  over  the  remaining  life  of  its  existing  portfolios  based  on  estimated  future  cash  flows  as  of  the  balance 
sheet  date.    Additions  represent  the  original  expected  accretable  yield  to  be  earned  by  the  Company  based  on  its 
proprietary buying models.  Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield primarily result from 
the  Company’s  increase  in  its  estimate  of  future  cash  flows.  Reclassifications  to  nonaccretable  difference  from 
accretable yield result from the Company’s decrease in its estimates of future cash flows and allowance charges that 
exceed the Company’s increase in its estimate of future cash flows.  Changes in accretable yield for the years ended 
December 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows (amounts in thousands): 

70

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

2010

2009

Balance at beginning of year
Income recognized on finance receivables, net
Additions
Reclassifications from/(to) nonaccretable difference
Balance at end of year

$                       

$                       

721,984
(309,680)
403,252
76,632
892,188

551,735
(215,612)
408,935
(23,074)
721,984

$                       

$                       

ASC 310-30 requires that a valuation allowance be recorded for significant decreases in expected cash flows or 
change in timing of cash flows which would otherwise require a reduction in the stated yield on a pool of accounts.    
In  any  given  period,  the  Company  may  be  required  to  record  valuation  allowances  due  to  pools  of  receivables 
underperforming  expectations.    Factors  that  may  contribute  to  the  recording  of  valuation  allowances  may  include 
both  internal  as  well  as  external  factors.    External  factors  which  may  have  an  impact  on  the  collectability,  and 
subsequently  to  the  overall  profitability  of  purchased  pools  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables  would  include: 
overall market pricing for pools of consumer receivables (which is driven by both supply and demand), new laws or 
regulations relating to collections, new interpretations of existing laws or regulations, and the overall condition of 
the  economy.    Internal  factors  which  may  have  an  impact  on  the  collectability,  and  subsequently  the  overall 
profitability of purchased pools of defaulted consumer receivables would include:  necessary revisions to initial and 
post-acquisition scoring and modeling estimates, non-optimal operational activities (which relates to the collection 
and movement of accounts on both the collection floor of the Company and external channels), as well as decreases 
in  productivity  related  to  turnover  and  tenure  of  the  Company’s  collection  staff.    The  following  is  a  summary  of 
activity within the Company’s valuation allowance account for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 
(amounts in thousands): 

Valuation allowance - finanace receivables:

Beginnning balance

Allowance charges

Reversal of previous recorded allowance charges

Net allowance charge

2010

Purchased 
Bankruptcy Portfolio

Total

Core Portfolio

$                          

47,580

$                            

3,675

$                          

51,255

23,350

(900)

22,450

2,975

(273)

2,702

26,325

(1,173)

25,152

Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

$                          

70,030

$                            

6,377

$                          

76,407

Finance receivables, net:

$                        

411,437

$                        

419,893

$                        

831,330

Valuation allowance - finanace receivables:

Beginnning balance

Allowance charges

Reversal of previous recorded allowance charges

Net allowance charge

2009

Purchased 
Bankruptcy Portfolio

Total

Core Portfolio

$                          

20,485

$                            

3,135

$                          

23,620

28,145

(1,050)

27,095

620

(80)

540

28,765

(1,130)

27,635

Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

$                          

47,580

$                            

3,675

$                          

51,255

Finance receivables, net:

$                        

403,432

$                        

290,030

$                        

693,462

71

 
 
  
 
 
    
  
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Core Portfolio

2008
Purchased 
Bankruptcy Portfolio

Total

Valuation allowance - finanace receivables:

Beginnning balance

Allowance charges

Reversal of previous recorded allowance charges

Net allowance charge

$                            

3,450

$                               

780

$                            

4,230

18,030

(995)

17,035

2,375

(20)

2,355

20,405

(1,015)

19,390

Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

$                          

20,485

$                            

3,135

$                          

23,620

Finance receivables, net:

$                        

389,736

$                        

174,094

$                        

563,830

4. 

Accounts Receivable, net: 

Accounts  receivable  are  recorded  at  the  invoiced  amount  and  do  not  bear  interest.  Amounts  collected  on 
accounts receivable are included in net cash provided by operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash 
flows.  The  Company  maintains  an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  for  estimated  losses  inherent  in  its  accounts 
receivable portfolio. In establishing the required allowance, management considers historical losses adjusted to take 
into account current market conditions and its customers’ financial condition, the amount of receivables in dispute, 
and  the current receivables aging and current payment patterns. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful 
accounts monthly.  Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been 
exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The balance of the allowance for doubtful accounts at 
December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $2.5 million and $2.9 million, respectively.  The Company does not have any off 
balance sheet credit exposure related to its customers. 

5.  Operating Leases: 

The  Company  leases  office  space  and  equipment  under  operating  leases.    Rental  expense  was  $4,299,513, 

$3,755,478 and $3,060,710 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. 

Future  minimum  lease  payments  for  operating  leases  at  December  31,  2010,  are  as  follows  (amounts  in 

thousands): 

2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
Thereafter

$              

4,323
4,121
4,070
2,611
2,297
1,950

Total future minimum lease payments

$            

19,372

6. 

Business Acquisitions: 

On March 15, 2010, the Company acquired 62% of the membership units of Claims Compensation Bureau, LLC 
(“CCB”).    The  remaining  38%  of  the  membership  units  were  acquired  by  Claims  Compensation  Bureau,  Inc., 
CCB’s  predecessor.    Claims  Compensation  Bureau,  Inc.  was  founded  in  1996  and  is  a  leading  provider  of  class 
action  claims  settlement  recovery  services  and  related  payment  processing  to  corporate  clients.   CCB’s  process 
allows clients to maximize settlement recoveries, in many cases participating in settlements they would otherwise 
not know existed.  The company charges fees for its services and works with clients to identify, prepare and submit 
claims to class action administrators charged with dispersing class action settlement funds.    In connection with the 
acquisition, the president and founder of CCB, as well as another member of its senior management, entered into 

72

 
           
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

long-term  employment  agreements  with  the  Company.    The  consolidated  income  statement  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2010 includes the results of operations of CCB from March 15, 2010 through December 31, 2010. 

The Company’s initial investment for the 62% ownership of CCB was paid for with $23.0 million in cash plus 
$2.0 million in deferred payments which were paid during 2010.  As part of the agreement, the Company has the 
right through February 28, 2015 to purchase the remaining 38% of CCB at certain multiples of EBITDA (earnings 
before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization).    In addition, beginning March 1, 2012 and ending February 
28,  2018,  the  noncontrolling  interest  can  require  the  Company  to  purchase  its  units  at  pre-defined  multiples  of 
EBITDA, as defined (see Note 7).  Any future acquisitions by the Company of the noncontrolling interest will be 
accounted for as an equity transaction. 

The Company accounted for this purchase in accordance with ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations.”  Under 
this guidance, an entity is required to recognize the assets acquired, liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest 
in  the  acquiree,  and  the  consideration  given  at  their  fair  value  on  the  acquisition  date.    The  following  tables 
summarize  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration  given  for  CCB,  as  well  as  the  fair  value  of  the  assets  acquired, 
liabilities  assumed,  and  the  noncontrolling  interest  in  the  acquiree  as  of  the  March  15,  2010  acquisition  date 
(amounts in thousands): 

Purchase price consideration given:
Cash
Contingent consideration arrangement
Fair value of total consideration given

$                  

$                  

23,000
2,000
25,000

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets are as follows (amounts in thousands): 

Contractual relationships
Tradenames
Non-compete agreements
Cash
Software
Other assets
Total identifiable net assets acquired
Goodwill
Estimated fair value of acquired business
Redeemable noncontrolling interest in CCB
Purchase price consideration given

$                  

$                  

12,000
400
500
500
67
2
13,469
26,854
40,323
15,323
25,000

The  estimated  fair  value  of  the  noncontrolling  interest  in  CCB  was  determined  as  the  percentage  of  the 
noncontrolling interest multiplied by the fair value of all assets which were derived from the acquisition of CCB on 
March 15, 2010.   

On June 11, 2010, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, RDS, acquired substantially all the assets of Tax 
Return,  Inc.  for  $500,000.    The  purchase  price  was  allocated  to  a  non-competition  agreement,  fixed  assets  and 
goodwill,  all  of  which  are  included  as  assets  of  RDS.    There  is  no  contingent  consideration  associated  with  this 
acquisition. 

The  acquisition  of  CCB  levers  the  Company’s  competency  in  payment  and  administrative  processing,  while 
broadening  its  scope  of  services.   The  acquisition  of  Tax  Return,  Inc.  further  expands  the  audit  expertise  and 
capacity of the Company’s government services business.  

73

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

7. 

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest: 

In  accordance  with  ASC  810,  the  Company  has  consolidated  all  financial  statement  accounts  of  CCB  in  its 
consolidated  balance  sheet  at  December  31,  2010  and  its  consolidated  income  statement  for  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2010.    The  redeemable  noncontrolling  interest  amount  is  separately  stated  on  the  consolidated 
balance  sheet  and  represents  the  38%  interest  in  CCB  not  owned  by  the  Company.    In  addition,  net  income 
attributable to the noncontrolling interest is stated separately in the consolidated income statement. 

The  Company  has  the  right  through  February  28,  2015  to  purchase  the  remaining  38%  of  CCB  at  certain 
multiples  of  EBITDA.    In  addition,  beginning  March  1,  2012  and  ending  February  28,  2018,  the  noncontrolling 
interest can require the Company to purchase its units at pre-defined multiples of EBITDA. 

The Company applies the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 480-10-S99 ’Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity” 
(“ASC 480-10-S99”) which provides guidance on the accounting for equity securities that are subject to mandatory 
redemption requirements or whose redemption is outside the control of the issuer.  The noncontrolling interest “put” 
arrangement  is  accounted  for  under  ASC  480-10-S99,  as  redemption  under  the  “put”  arrangement  is  outside  the 
control of the Company.  As such, the redeemable noncontrolling interest is recorded outside of “permanent” equity.  
Although  the  noncontrolling  interest  was  redeemable  by  the  Company  as  of  the  reporting  date,  it  was  not  yet 
redeemable by the holder of the “put” option.  The Company measures the redeemable noncontrolling interest at the 
greater of its ASC 480-10-S99 measurement amount (estimated redemption value of the “put” option embedded in 
the  noncontrolling  interest)  or  its  measurement  amount  under  the  guidance  of  ASC  810.    The  ASC  810 
measurement  amount  includes  adjustments  for  the  noncontrolling  interest’s  pro-rata  share  of  earnings,  losses  and 
distributions,  pursuant  to  the  limited  liability  company  agreement.    Adjustments  to  the  measurement  amount  are 
recorded to stockholders’ equity.  The Company used a present value calculation to estimate the redemption value 
of the “put” option as of the reporting date.  If material, the Company adjusts the numerator of earnings per share 
calculations  for  the  current  period  change  in  the  excess  of  the  noncontrolling  interest’s  ASC  480-10-S99 
measurement  amount  over  the  greater  of  its  ASC  810  measurement  amount  or  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the 
noncontrolling  interest.        The  estimated  redemption  value  of  the  noncontrolling  interest,  as  if  it  were  currently 
redeemable by the holder of the put option under the terms of the put arrangement, was $22.8 million at December 
31, 2010. 

The following table represents the changes in the redeemable noncontrolling interest for the period from March 

15, 2010 to December 31, 2010 (amounts in thousands): 

Acquisition date fair value of redeemable noncontrolling interest
Net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest
Distributions payable
Redeemable noncontrolling interest at December 31, 2010

$                                     

$                                     

15,323
417
(1,291)
14,449

8.  Goodwill and Intangible Assets, net: 

Intangible assets consist of the following at December 31, 2010 and 2009 (amounts in thousands): 

2010

2009

$                    

$                  

29,823
3,053
2,500
(16,910)
18,466

17,823
2,527
2,100
(11,694)
10,756

$                    

$                  

Client and customer relationships
Non-compete agreements
Trademarks

Accumulated  amortization

Intangible assets, net

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

In  accordance  with  ASC  350,  the  Company  is  amortizing  the  following  intangible  assets  over  the  estimated 

useful lives as indicated: 

IGS
RDS (2)
The Palmer Group (2)
MuniServices (2)
BPA (2)
CCB
Tax Return, Inc. (2)

Acquisition Date

Client and Customer 
Relationships

October 1, 2004

7 years

July 29, 2005

July 25, 2007

July 1, 2008

August 1, 2008
March 15, 2010

June 11, 2010

10 years
2.4 years (1)
11 years

10 years
4-7 years

-

Non-Compete Agreements
3 years (1)
3 years (1)
-

3 years

2.4 years
3 years

3.5 years

Trademarks

-

-

-

14 years

-
14 years

-

(1)  These intangible assets are fully amortized with no expense recognized during 2010. 
(2)  Operates as part of the Company’s government services group. 

The  combined  original  weighted  average  amortization  period  is  8.1  years.    The  Company  reviews  these 
relationships at least annually for impairment.  Total amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 
2009 and 2008 was $5,215,679, $2,673,108 and $2,140,942, respectively.   

Amortization  expense  relating  to  the  non-compete  agreements  is  calculated  on  a  straight-line  method  (which 
approximates  the  pattern  of  economic  benefit  concept)  for  the  IGS,  MuniServices,  BPA  and  CCB  non-compete 
agreements and a pattern of economic benefit concept for the RDS non-compete agreements.  Amortization expense 
relating  to  the  client  and  customer  relationships  is  calculated  using  a  pattern  of  economic  benefit  concept  for  the 
IGS, RDS, MuniServices and CCB acquisitions, straight-line over the length of the contract for The Palmer Group 
acquisition  and  straight-line  over  their  estimated  useful  lives  of  ten  years  for  the  BPA  acquisition.    Amortization 
expense relating to the trademarks is calculated using a pattern of economic benefit concept for the MuniServices 
and CCB acquisitions.  The pattern of economic benefit concept relies on expected net cash flows from all existing 
clients.  The rate of amortization of the client relationships will fluctuate annually to match these original expected 
cash flows. 

The future amortization of these intangible assets is estimated to be as follows as of December 31, 2010 (amounts 

in thousands): 

2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
Thereafter

$                    

4,813
3,690
3,021
2,267
1,797
2,878
18,466

$                  

In  addition,  Goodwill,  pursuant  to  ASC  350,  is  not  amortized  but  rather  is  reviewed  at  least  annually  for 
impairment.  During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company underwent its annual review of goodwill.  Based upon 
the results of this review, which was conducted as of October 1, 2010, no impairment charges to goodwill or the 
other  intangible  assets  were  necessary  as  of  the  date  of  this  review.    The  Company  believes  that  nothing  has 
occurred since the review was performed through December 31, 2010, that would indicate a triggering event and 
thereby  necessitate  an  impairment  charge  to  goodwill  or  the  other  intangible  assets.    At  December  31,  2010  and 
2009, the carrying value of goodwill was $61.7 million and $29.3 million, respectively.  The $32.4 million increase 
in the carrying value of goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2010 mainly relates to the purchase of CCB 
on March 15, 2010 (see Note 6) and additional contingent purchase price of $5.0 million paid in stock relating to the 
achievement of the earn-out provisions of the MuniServices acquisition.  The $1.8 million increase in the carrying 
value of goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2009 relates to additional purchase price consideration paid 
for the acquisitions of MuniServices and BPA. 

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

9. 

401(k) Retirement Plan: 

The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan.  Under the plan, all employees over twenty-one years of age 
are  eligible  to  make  voluntary  contributions  to  the  plan  up  to  100%  of  their  compensation,  subject  to  Internal 
Revenue Service limitations, after completing six months of service, as defined in the plan.  The Company makes 
matching  contributions  of  up  to  4%  of  an  employee’s  salary.    Total  compensation  expense  related  to  these 
contributions was $1,302,510, $1,141,785 and $959,902 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, 
respectively. 

10.  Line of Credit: 

On  December  20,  2010,  the  Company  entered  into  a  credit  agreement  with  Bank  of  America,  N.A.,  as 
administrative agent, and a syndicate of lenders named therein (the “Credit Agreement”).  Under the terms of the 
Credit  Agreement,  the  credit  facility  includes  an  aggregate  principal  amount  available  of  $407.5  million  which 
consists of a $50 million fixed rate loan that matures on May 4, 2012, which was transferred from the Company’s 
existing credit agreement, and a $357.5 million revolving credit facility that matures on December 20, 2014.  The 
revolving credit facility will be automatically increased by $50 million upon the maturity and repayment of the fixed 
rate loan.  The fixed rate loan bears interest at a rate of 6.8% per annum, payable monthly in arrears. The revolving 
loans accrue interest, at the option of the Company, at either the base rate plus 1.75% per annum or the Eurodollar 
rate (as defined) for the applicable term plus 2.75% per annum.  The base rate is the highest of (a) the Federal Funds 
Rate plus 0.50%, (b) Bank of America’s prime rate, and (c) the Eurodollar rate plus 1.00%.  Interest is payable on 
base rate loans quarterly in arrears and on Eurodollar loans in arrears on the last day of each interest period or if 
such interest period exceeds three months, every three months. The Company’s revolving credit facility includes a 
$20 million swingline loan sublimit and a $20 million letter of credit sublimit.  It also contains an accordion loan 
feature  that  allows  the  Company  to  request  an  increase  of  up  to  $142.5  million  in  the  amount  available  for 
borrowing under the revolving credit facility, whether from existing or new lenders, subject to terms of the Credit 
Agreement.  No existing lender is obligated to increase its commitment.  The Credit Agreement is secured by a first 
priority lien on substantially all of the Company’s assets.  The Credit Agreement contains restrictive covenants and 
events of default include the following: 

• 

borrowings may not exceed 30% of the ERC of all its eligible asset pools plus 75% of its eligible accounts 

receivable; 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the consolidated leverage ratio (as defined) cannot exceed 2.0 to 1.0 as of the end of any fiscal quarter; 

consolidated  Tangible  Net  Worth  (as  defined)  must  equal  or  exceed  $309,452,000  plus  50%  of  positive 

consolidated  net  income  for  each  fiscal  quarter  beginning  December 31,  2010,  plus  50%  of  the  net 

proceeds of any equity offering; 

capital expenditures during any fiscal year cannot exceed $20 million; 

cash dividends and distributions during any fiscal year cannot exceed $20 million;  

stock repurchases during the term of the agreement cannot exceed $100 million;  

permitted acquisitions (as defined) during any fiscal year cannot exceed $100 million;  

the  Company  must  maintain  positive  consolidated  income  from  operations  (as  defined)  during any fiscal 

quarter; and 

• 

restrictions on changes in control.   

The revolving credit facility also bears an unused commitment fee of 0.375% per annum, payable quarterly in 

arrears.  

76

 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

All of the Company’s borrowings at December 31, 2010 under its revolving credit facility consisted of 30-day 

Eurodollar rate loans, with an annual interest rate as of December 31, 2010 equal to 3.01%.   

The Company’s previous credit facility included an aggregate principal amount available of $365.0 million as of 
December 31, 2009, which consisted of a $50 million fixed rate loan and a $315 million revolving credit facility.  
Borrowings under the revolving credit facility bore interest at a floating rate equal to the one month LIBOR Market 
Index Rate plus 1.40%, which equated to 1.63% at December 31, 2009.  The Company also paid an unused line fee 
for  its  previous  credit  facility  equal  to  0.30%  on  any  unused  portion  of  the  facility.    The  credit  facility  was 
collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets and contained certain restrictive covenants.   

The  Company  had  $300.0  million  and  $319.3  million  of  borrowings  outstanding  on  its  credit  facilities  as  of 
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, of which $50 million was part of the non-revolving fixed rate loan at 
both dates.   

The Company was in compliance with all covenants of its credit facilities as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. 

11.  Derivative Instruments: 

The  Company  may  periodically  enter  into  derivative  financial  instruments,  typically  interest  rate  swap 
agreements, to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates on variable-rate debt and their impact on earnings 
and cash flows. The Company does not utilize derivative financial instruments with a level of complexity or with a 
risk  greater  than  the  exposure  to  be  managed  nor  does  it  enter  into  or  hold  derivatives  for  trading  or  speculative 
purposes.  The  Company  periodically  reviews  the  creditworthiness  of  the  swap  counterparty  to  assess  the 
counterparty’s  ability  to  honor  its  obligation.   Counterparty  default  would  expose  the  Company  to  fluctuations  in 
variable interest rates.  Based on the guidance of ASC 815, the Company records derivative financial instruments at 
fair value in the consolidated balance sheets.   

On December 16, 2008, the Company entered into an interest rate forward rate swap transaction (the "Swap") 
with J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, National Association (“JP Morgan”) pursuant to an ISDA Master Agreement which 
contains customary representations, warranties and covenants.  The Swap had an effective date of January 1, 2010, 
with a notional amount of $50.0 million. Under the Swap, the Company received a floating interest rate based on 
one-month LIBOR Market Index Rate and paid a fixed interest rate of 1.89%.  The Swap was scheduled to mature 
on May 1, 2011.  On November 10, 2010, the Company terminated its interest rate swap agreement.  As a result of 
the termination, the Company and JP Morgan released each other from all obligations under the Swap, including, 
without  limitation,  the  obligation  to  make  periodic  payments  thereunder,  and  the  Swap  was  canceled  and 
terminated. The Company paid a $416,000 termination payment to JP Morgan on November 15, 2010, representing 
the approximate present value of the expected remaining monthly settlement payments that otherwise were to have 
been due to JP Morgan thereafter. 

The  Company’s  financial  derivative  instrument  was  designated  and  qualified  as  a  cash  flow  hedge,  and  the 
effective  portion  of  the  gain  or  loss  on  such  hedge  was  reported  as  a  component  of  other  comprehensive 
income/(loss) in the consolidated financial statements of the Company. To the extent that the hedging relationship 
was not effective, the ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative would have been recorded in 
other  income  (expense).  The  hedge  was  considered  effective for the period from December 16, 2008 through the 
termination  of  the  Swap  on  November  10,  2010.  Therefore,  no  amount  has  been  recorded  in  the  consolidated 
income statements related to the hedge’s ineffectiveness during 2008, 2009 or 2010.  Hedges that receive designated 
hedge  accounting  treatment  are  evaluated  for  effectiveness  at  the  time  that  they  are  designated,  as  well  as 
throughout the hedging period. 

The following table sets forth the fair value amounts of derivative instruments held by the Company as of the 

dates indicated (amounts in thousands): 

Derivative designated as a hedging instrument under ASC 815:
Interest rate swap contract

Asset Derivative
$                       
-

Liability Derivative
$                       
-

Asset Derivative
$                       
-

Liability Derivative
$                      
701

December 31, 2010

December 31, 2009

Total derivative

$                       
-

$                       
-

$                       
-

$                      

701

77

 
 
 
  
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Liability derivatives are recorded in the liability section of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.  

The following table sets forth the (loss) recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (“AOCL”), net of 
tax, for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, for derivatives held by the Company as well as any (loss) 
reclassified from AOCL into expense (amounts in thousands): 

Amount of Loss

2010

Recognized in Other

Location of Loss

Comprehensive Loss

Reclassified from

Amount of Loss

Reclassified from

on Derivative

AOCL into Expense

AOCL into Expense

Derivative designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:

(Effective Portion)

(Effective Portion)

(Effective Portion)

Interest rate swap contract

$                     

(242)

interest expense

$                   

(1,097)

Total derivative

$                     

(242)

$                   

(1,097)

Amount of Loss

2009

Recognized in Other

Location of Loss

Comprehensive Loss

Reclassified from

Amount of Loss

Reclassified from

on Derivative

AOCL into Expense

AOCL into Expense

Derivative designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:

(Effective Portion)

(Effective Portion)

(Effective Portion)

Interest rate swap contract

$                     

(517)

interest expense

$                       
-

Total derivative

$                     

(517)

$                       
-

Amounts  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  are  reclassified  into  earnings  under  certain  situations,  for 
example, if the occurrence of the transaction is no longer probable or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Due 
to the termination of the Swap on November 10, 2010, the Company paid a $416,000 termination payment which 
represented  the  then  current  amount  included  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss,  net  of  taxes,  which  was 
reclassed into interest expense in the consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2010.  The 
Company has no further obligation under the Swap. 

12.  Property and equipment, net: 

Property  and  equipment,  at  cost,  consist  of  the  following  as  of  December  31,  2010  and  2009  (amounts  in 

thousands): 

2010

2009

Software
Computer equipment
Furniture and fixtures
Equipment
Leasehold improvements
Building and improvements
Land

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

Property and equipment, net

$                   

$                  

21,014
10,697
6,147
7,498
4,574
6,045
992
(32,697)
24,270

16,542
8,869
5,624
6,040
3,277
6,045
992
(25,525)
21,864

$                    

$                  

Depreciation and amortization expense, relating to property and equipment, for the years ended December 31, 

2010, 2009 and 2008 was $7,221,355, $6,539,823 and $5,283,058, respectively.  

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Beginning in July 2006 upon initiation of certain internally developed software projects, in accordance with the 
guidance of FASB ASC Topic 350-40 “Internal-Use Software” (“ASC 350-40”), the Company began capitalizing 
qualifying  computer  software  costs  incurred  during  the  application  development  stage  and  amortizing  them  over 
their estimated useful life of three to seven years on a straight-line basis beginning when the project is completed.  
Costs associated with preliminary project stage activities, training, maintenance and all other post implementation 
stage  activities  are  expensed  as  incurred.   The  Company’s  policy  provides  for  the  capitalization  of  certain  direct 
payroll costs  for  employees  who  are  directly  associated  with  internal  use  computer  software  projects,  as  well  as 
external  direct  costs  of services  associated  with  developing  or  obtaining  internal  use  software.   Capitalizable 
personnel  costs  are  limited  to  the  time  directly  spent  on  such  projects.   As  of  December  31,  2010  and  2009,  the 
Company has incurred and capitalized $4,188,160 and $2,774,444, respectively, of these direct payroll costs related 
to  software  developed  for  internal  use.    As  of  December  31,  2010  and  2009,  $1,314,667  and  $1,514,489, 
respectively,  of  these  costs  are  for  projects  that  are  in  the  development  stage  and  therefore  are  a  component  of 
“Other assets”.  Once the projects are completed the costs will be transferred to Software and amortized over their 
estimated useful life of three to seven years.  Amortization expense and remaining unamortized costs relating to this 
internally  developed  software  as  of  and  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010  were  $435,201  and  $2,199,673, 
respectively.  Amortization expense and remaining unamortized costs relating to this internally developed software 
as of and for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $128,622 and $1,021,336, respectively. 

13.  Long-Term Debt: 

On February 6, 2009, the Company entered into a commercial loan agreement to finance computer software and 
equipment purchases in the amount of $2,036,114.  The loan is collateralized by the related computer software and 
equipment.  The loan is a three year loan with a fixed rate of 4.78% with monthly installments, including interest, of 
$60,823 beginning on March 31, 2009, and it matures on February 28, 2012. 

On December 15, 2010, the Company entered into a commercial loan agreement to finance computer software 
and equipment purchases in the amount of $1,569,016.  The loan is collateralized by the related computer software 
and  equipment.    The  loan  is  a  three  year  loan  with  a  fixed  rate  of  3.69%  with  monthly  installments,  including 
interest, of $46,108 beginning on January 15, 2011, and it matures on December 15, 2013. 

14.  Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures: 

(a)  Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments: 

In accordance with the disclosure requirements of FASB ASC Topic 825, “Financial Instruments” (“ASC 825”), 
the table below summarizes fair value estimates for the Company’s financial instruments. The total of the fair value 
calculations  presented  does  not  represent,  and  should  not  be  construed  to  represent,  the  underlying  value  of  the 
Company.  The carrying amounts in the table are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets under the indicated 
captions as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 (amounts in thousands): 

2010

2009

Carrying 
Amount

Estimated 
Fair Value

Carrying 
Amount

Estimated 
Fair Value

Financial assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

$          

41,094

$          

41,094

$               

20,265

$          

20,265

Finance receivables, net

831,330

1,126,340

693,462

839,417

Financial liabilities:

Line of credit

Long-tern debt

Derivative instrument

$      

300,000

$      

300,000

$            

319,300

$      

319,300

2,396

-

2,396

-

1,499

701

1,499

701

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Disclosure  of  the  estimated  fair  values  of  financial  instruments  often  requires  the  use  of  estimates.    The 

Company uses the following methods and assumptions to estimate the fair value of financial instruments: 

Cash and cash equivalents:  The carrying amount approximates fair value. 

Finance receivables, net:  The Company records purchased receivables at cost, which represents a significant 
discount  from  the  contractual  receivable  balances  due.  The Company computed the estimated fair value of these 
receivables using proprietary pricing models that the Company utilizes to make portfolio purchase decisions.  

Line of credit:  The carrying amount approximates fair value, as the interest rates approximate the rate currently 

offered to the Company for similar debt instruments of comparable maturities by the Company’s bankers. 

Long-term  debt:    The  carrying  amount  approximates  fair  value,  as  the  interest  rates  approximate  the  rate 

currently offered to the Company for similar debt instruments of comparable maturities by the Company’s bankers. 

Derivative  instrument:  The  interest  rate  swap  was  recorded  at  estimated  fair  value,  which  was  determined 
using pricing models developed based on the LIBOR swap rate and other observable market data, adjusted for non-
performance risk of both the counterparty and the Company. 

(b)  Fair Value Hierarchy: 

The Company recorded its derivative instrument at estimated fair value on a recurring basis.  The accompanying 
consolidated financial statements include estimated fair value information regarding its derivative instrument as of 
December  31,  2009,  as  required  by  FASB  ASC  Topic  820,  “Fair  Value  Measurements  and  Disclosures”  (“ASC 
820”).  There were no derivative instruments at December 31, 2010.  ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that 
would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants 
at the measurement date.  ASC 820 also requires the consideration of differing levels of inputs in the determination 
of fair values.  Those levels of input are summarized as follows: 

• 
• 

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.   
Level 2 – Observable inputs other than Level 1 quote prices, such as quoted prices for similar instruments 
in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based 
valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.   

• 

Level  3  –  Unobservable  inputs  that  are  supported  by  little  or  no  market  activity.    Level  3  assets  and 
liabilities  include  financial  instruments  whose  value  is  determined  using  pricing  models,  discounted  cash  flow 
methodologies,  or  similar  techniques  as  well  as  instruments  for  which  the  determination  of  fair  value  requires 
significant management judgment or estimation.     

The level in the fair value hierarchy within which a fair value measurement in its entirety falls is based on the 

lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. 

The  placement  in  the  fair  value  hierarchy  of  the  Company’s  interest  rate  swap  derivative  instrument  as  of 
December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 is Level 2 based on the Level 2 inputs described in section (a) above. 
Refer to Note 11 for further information regarding the terminated derivative instrument. 

15.  Share-Based Compensation:  

The Company has a stock option and nonvested share plan.  The Company created the 2002 Stock Option Plan 
(the “Plan”) on November 7, 2002.  The Plan was amended in 2004 (the “Amended Plan”) to enable the Company 
to  issue  nonvested  shares  of  stock  to  its  employees  and  directors.    The  Amended  Plan  was  approved  by  the 
Company’s  shareholders  at  its  Annual  Meeting  on  May  12,  2004.    On  March  19,  2010,  the  Company  adopted  a 
2010 Stock Plan, which was approved by its shareholders at the 2010 Annual Meeting.  The 2010 Stock Plan is a 
further  amendment  to  the  Amended  Plan,  and  contains,  among  other  things,  specific  performance  metrics  with 
respect to performance-based stock awards. Up to 2,000,000 shares of common stock may be issued under the 2010 
Stock Plan.  The 2010 Stock Plan expires November 7, 2012.   

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The  Company  accounts  for  share-based  compensation  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  ASC  718.    As  of 
December 31, 2010, total future compensation costs related to nonvested awards of nonvested shares (not including 
nonvested shares granted under the Long-Term Incentive Program) is estimated to be $3.0 million with a weighted 
average  remaining  life  of  2.4  years  (not  including  nonvested  shares  granted  under  the  Long-Term  Incentive 
Programs).    As  of  December  31,  2010,  there  is  no  future  compensation  cost  related  to  stock  options  and  the 
remaining vested stock options have a weighted average remaining life of 0.1 years.  Based upon historical data, the 
Company used an annual forfeiture rate of 14% for stock options and 15-40% for nonvested shares for most of the 
employee  grants.  Grants  made  to  key  employee  hires  and  directors  of  the  Company  were  assumed  to  have  no 
forfeiture rates associated with them due to the historically low turnover among this group.   

Total  share-based  compensation  expense  was  $4,203,154,  $3,819,915  and  $140,590  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  The Company, in conjunction with the renewal of employment 
agreements with its Named Executive Officers and other senior executives, awarded nonvested shares which vested 
on  January  1,  2009.    As  a  result  of the vesting of these shares, the Company recorded stock-based compensation 
expense  in  connection  with  these  shares,  in  the  amount  of  approximately  $1.4  million  during  the  first  quarter  of 
2009.  Tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of share-based compensation expense recognized under 
the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718 (windfall tax benefits) are credited to additional paid-in capital in 
the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Realized tax shortfalls are first offset against the cumulative balance 
of windfall tax benefits, if any, and then charged directly to income tax expense.  The total tax benefit realized from 
share-based  compensation  expense  was  approximately  $0.9  million,  $2.2  million  and  $0.9  million  for  the  years 
ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.   

Stock Options 

All  options  issued  under  the  Amended  Plan  vest  ratably  over  five years.    Granted  options  expire  seven  years 
from grant date.  The remaining outstanding stock options expire on January 16, 2011.  Options granted to a single 
person cannot exceed 200,000 in a single year.  As of December 31, 2010, 895,000 options have been granted under 
the Amended Plan, of which 118,955 have been cancelled and are eligible for regrant.  All expenses for 2010, 2009 
and 2008 are included in earnings as a component of compensation and employee services expense. 

The following summarizes all option related transactions from December 31, 2007 through December 31, 2010 

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts): 

December 31, 2007
Exercised
Cancelled

December 31, 2008

Exercised

December 31, 2009

Exercised
December 31, 2010

Options 
Outstanding
163
(38)
(2)

Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price Per Share
16.97
$                               
15.87
21.50

Weighted-Average 
Fair Value Per Share
3.25
$                         
3.31
4.60

123

(116)

7

(2)
5

17.24

16.51

29.41

3.21

3.24

2.70

$                               

28.45
29.79

$                         

2.92
2.62

All of the stock options were issued to employees of the Company except for 40,000 that were issued to non-
employee directors.   Non-employee directors were granted 20,000 stock options in 2004.  No stock options were 
granted in 2010, 2009 or 2008.  The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 
2010, 2009 and 2008, was approximately $0.1 million, $2.7 million, and $0.9 million, respectively.  

81

 
 
 
 
 
  
               
                
                                 
                           
                  
                                 
                           
               
                                 
                           
              
                                 
                           
                   
                                 
                           
                  
                                 
                           
                   
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The following information is as of December 31, 2010 (amounts in thousands except per share amounts): 

Exercise
Price

Number
Outstanding

Average Remaining 
Contractual Life

Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price Per 
Share

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value

Number
Exercisable

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable
Weighted-
Average Exercise 
Price Per Share

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value

$  29.79
Total as of December 31, 2010

5
5

0.1
0.1

$                       
$                       

29.79
29.79

$               
$               

227
227

5
5

$                     
$                     

29.79
29.79

$               
$               

227
227

 The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate the value of the stock options when 
granted.  This model was developed to estimate the fair value of traded options, which have different characteristics 
than  employee  stock  options.    In  addition,  changes  to  the  subjective  input  assumptions  can  result  in  materially 
different  fair  market  value  estimates.    Therefore,  the  Black-Scholes  model  may  not  necessarily  provide  a  reliable 
single measure of the fair value of employee stock options. 

Nonvested Shares 

With the exception of the awards made pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Program and a few employee and 
director grants, the terms of the nonvested share awards are similar to those of the stock option awards, wherein the 
nonvested  shares  vest  ratably  over  three  to  five  years  and are expensed over their vesting period.  In addition, in 
conjunction with the renewal of their employment agreements, the Company’s Named Executive Officers and other 
senior executives were awarded nonvested shares which vested on January 1, 2009.  As a result of the vesting of 
these  shares,  the  Company  recorded  share-based  compensation  expense  in  connection  with  these  shares,  in  the 
amount of approximately $1.4 million during the first quarter of 2009.    

The following summarizes all nonvested share transactions, excluding those related to the Long-Term Incentive 

Program, from December 31, 2007 through December 31, 2010 (amounts in thousands except per share amounts): 

Nonvested Shares 
Outstanding

Weighted-Average 
Price at Grant Date

December 31, 2007

Granted 

Vested

Cancelled

December 31, 2008

Granted 

Vested

Cancelled

December 31, 2009

Granted 

Vested

Cancelled

December 31, 2010

123

27

(37)

(15)

98

70

(82)

(5)

81

57

(37)

(10)

91

$                           

41.72

37.47

39.55

40.05

41.60

34.22

36.62

42.20

40.24

53.06

41.46

39.61

$                           

47.89

The total grant date fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, was 

$1,514,036, $3,014,339 and $1,446,897, respectively.  

82

 
 
                   
                                     
                    
                   
                                     
                    
 
 
 
 
 
 
                           
                             
                             
                           
                             
                           
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                           
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                           
                             
                           
                             
                             
    
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Long-Term Incentive Programs 

Pursuant to the Amended Plan, on March 30, 2007, January 4, 2008, January 20, 2009 and January 14, 2010, the 
Compensation Committee approved the grant of 96,550, 80,000, 108,720 and 53,656 performance-based nonvested 
shares, respectively.  All shares granted under the LTI Programs were granted to key employees of the Company.  
For both the 2007 and 2008 grants, no estimated compensation costs have been accrued or recognized because the 
achievements of the performance targets of the programs were not met.  The 2009 grant is performance and market 
based and cliff vests after the requisite service period of two to three years if certain financial and market related 
goals are met.  The goals are based upon diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) totals for 2009, the return on owners’ 
equity for the three year period beginning on January 1, 2009 and ending December 31, 2011, and the relative total 
shareholder return as compared to a peer group for the same three year period.  The number of shares vested can 
double if the financial goals are exceeded and no shares will vest if the financial goals are not met.  The Company is 
expensing the nonvested share grant over the requisite service period of two to three years beginning on January 1, 
2009.  If the Company believes that the number of shares granted will be more or less than originally projected, an 
adjustment to the expense will be made at that time based on the probable outcome.   The EPS component of the 
2009 plan was not achieved and therefore no compensation expense was recognized during 2009 or 2010 related to 
the 2009 grants.  The 2010 grant is performance and market based and cliff vests after the requisite service period of 
two to three years if certain financial and market related goals are met.  The goals are based upon diluted EPS totals 
for 2010, the return on owners’ equity for the three year period beginning on January 1, 2010 and ending December 
31, 2012, and the relative total shareholder return as compared to a peer group for the same three year period.  The 
number of shares that will be ultimately vest are based on a sliding scale and can double if the financial goals are 
exceeded or no shares will vest if the financial goals are not met.  The Company is expensing the nonvested share 
grant over the requisite service period of two to three years beginning on January 1, 2010.  If the Company believes 
that the number of shares granted will be more or less than originally projected, an adjustment to the expense will be 
made at that time based on the probable outcome.  At December 31, 2010, total future compensation costs related to 
nonvested  share  awards  granted  under  the  2009  and  2010  LTI  Programs  are  estimated  to  be  approximately  $3.3 
million.  The Company assumed a 7.5% forfeiture rate for these grants and the remaining shares have a weighted 
average life of 1.42 years at December 31, 2010. 

16.  Earnings per Share:  

Basic EPS are computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by weighted average common 
shares  outstanding.    Diluted  EPS  are  computed  using  the  same  components  as  basic  EPS  with  the  denominator 
adjusted for the dilutive effect of stock options and nonvested share awards.  Share-based awards that are contingent 
upon the attainment of performance goals are not included in the computation of diluted EPS until the performance 
goals have been attained.  The dilutive effect of stock options and nonvested shares is computed using the treasury 
stock method, which assumes any proceeds that could be obtained upon the exercise of stock options and vesting of 
nonvested  shares  would  be  used  to  purchase  common  shares  at  the  average  market  price  for  the  period.  The 
assumed  proceeds  include  the  windfall  tax  benefit  that  would  be  received  upon  assumed  exercise.  The  following 
table  provides  a  reconciliation  between  the  computation  of  basic  EPS  and  diluted  EPS  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts): 

For the years ended December 31,

2010

2009

2008

Weighted Average

Weighted Average

Weighted Average

Net Income Common Shares

EPS

Net Income Common Shares

EPS

Net Income Common Shares EPS

Basic EPS

$73,454

16,820

$4.37

$44,306

15,420

$2.87

$45,362

15,229 $2.98

Dilutive effect of stock options

 and nonvested share awards

65

34

63

Diluted EPS

$73,454

16,885

$4.35

$44,306

15,454

$2.87

$45,362

15,292 $2.97

As of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, there were no antidilutive options outstanding.  

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

17.  Stockholders’ Equity: 

Stock Offering: 

On February 22, 2010, the Company closed on a public stock offering filed under a shelf registration statement 
that  was  filed  during  the  third  quarter  of  2009.    As  a  result  of  the  filing,  the  Company  sold  a  total  of  1,437,500 
shares of its common stock at a price to the public of $52.50 per share.  The Company received net proceeds from 
the  offering  of  approximately  $71.7  million,  after  deducting  the  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  and 
offering  expenses.    The  Company  used  the  net  proceeds  of  the  offering  primarily  to  repay  a  portion  of  the  debt 
outstanding under its then existing $365 million revolving credit facility. 

18. 

Income Taxes: 

The  Company  records  an  income  tax  provision  for  the  anticipated  tax  consequences  of  the  reported  results  of 
operations.  In accordance with ASC 740, the provision for income taxes is computed using the asset and liability 
method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of 
temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses 
and tax credit carry-forwards.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates 
that  apply  to  taxable  income  in  effect  for  the  years  in  which  those  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  expected  to  be 
realized or settled.   

The  guidance  of  ASC  740  prescribes  a  recognition  threshold  and  measurement  attribute  for  the  financial 
statement  recognition  and  measurement  of  a  tax  position  taken  or  expected  to  be  taken  in  a  tax  return.    It  also 
provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure 
and transition.  The evaluation of a tax position in accordance with the guidance is a two-step process.  The first step 
is recognition: the enterprise determines whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon 
examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the 
position.  In evaluating whether a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the enterprise 
should  presume  that  the  position  will  be  examined  by  the  appropriate  taxing  authority  that  would  have  full 
knowledge of all relevant information.  The second step is measurement: a tax position that meets the more-likely-
than-not  recognition  threshold  is  measured  to  determine  the  amount  of  benefit  to  recognize  in  the  financial 
statements.  The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of 
being  realized  upon  ultimate  settlement.    Tax  positions  that  previously  failed  to  meet  the  more-likely-than-not 
recognition threshold should be recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold 
is  met.    Previously  recognized  tax  positions  that  no  longer  meet  the  more-likely-than-not  recognition  threshold 
should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met.   

There were no unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. 

The Company was notified on June 21, 2007 that it was being examined by the Internal Revenue Service for the 
2005  calendar  year.    The  IRS  has  concluded  its  audit  and  on  March  19,  2009  issued  Form  4549-A,  Income  Tax 
Examination  Changes  for  tax  years ending  December  31,  2007,  2006  and  2005.    The  IRS has proposed that cost 
recovery for tax revenue recognition does not clearly reflect taxable income and that unused line fees paid on credit 
facilities  should  be  capitalized  and  amortized  rather  than  taken  as  a  current  deduction.    On  April  22,  2009,  the 
Company  filed  a  formal  protest  of  the  findings  contained  in  the  examination  report  prepared  by  the  IRS.    The 
Company believes it has sufficient support for the technical merits of its positions and that it is more-likely-than-not 
these positions will ultimately be sustained; therefore, a reserve for uncertain tax positions is not necessary.  If the 
Company  is  unsuccessful  in  its  appeal,  it  might  ultimately  be  required  to  pay  the  related  deferred  taxes  and  any 
potential interest, possibly requiring additional financing from other sources. 

As of December 31, 2010, the tax years subject to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions, including the 
Internal Revenue Service, are 2003, 2005 and subsequent years.  The 2003 tax year remains open to examination 
because of a net operating loss that originated in that year but was not fully utilized until the 2005 tax year.  The 
2005, 2006, and 2007 tax years are extended through December 31, 2011.  

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

ASC  740  requires  the  recognition  of  interest,  if  the  tax  law  would  require  interest  to  be  paid  on  the 
underpayment of taxes, and recognition of penalties, if a tax position does not meet the minimum statutory threshold 
to avoid payment of penalties.  No interest or penalties were accrued in 2010 or 2009. 

The income tax expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 is comprised of the 

following (amounts in thousands):   
For the year ended December 31, 2010

For the year ended December 31, 2009

Federal

State

Total

For the year ended December 31, 2008

Federal

State

Total

Federal

State

Total

$                      

$                      

$                  

$                  

$                 

$              

$                      

$                    

$                  

$                  

$                 

$              

(8)
7,330
7,322

177
4,282
4,459

(362)
4,440
4,078

(489)
47,493
47,004

(530)
28,927
28,397

(2,470)
30,854
28,384

$                   

$                  

$               

$                  

$                 

$              

(481)
40,163
39,682

(707)
24,645
23,938

(2,108)
26,414
24,306

Current tax benefit
Deferred tax expense

Total income tax expense

Current tax (benefit)/expense
Deferred tax expense

Total income tax expense

Current tax benefit
Deferred tax expense

Total income tax expense

The Company has recognized a net deferred tax liability of $164,971,005 and $117,206,100 as of December 31, 
2010  and  2009,  respectively.    The  components  of  the  net  deferred  tax  liability  are  as  follows  (amounts  in 
thousands): 

Deferred tax assets:

Employee compensation
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Federal and state tax credit carryforward
Federal and state net operating loss carryforward
Accrued liabilities
Guaranteed payments
Intangible assets and goodwill
Section 467 leases
Other

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Depreciation expense
Intangible assets and goodwill
Prepaid expenses
Cost recovery 

Total deferred tax liability

Net deferred tax liability

2010

2009

$                    

1,794
879
774
2,564
864
243
-
350
420
7,888

$                    

749
760
714
158
1,171
-
525
373
243
4,693

2,352
77
776
169,654
172,859

1,058
-
687
120,154
121,899

$                

164,971

$             

117,206

A  valuation  allowance  has  not  been  provided  at  December  31,  2010  or  2009  since  management  believes  it  is 
more  likely  than  not  that  the  deferred  tax  assets  will  be  realized.    In  the  event  that  all  or  part  of  the  deferred  tax 
assets are determined not to be realizable in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be charged 
to earnings in the period such determination is made. Similarly, if the Company subsequently realizes deferred tax 
assets  that  were  previously  determined  to  be  unrealizable,  the  respective  valuation  allowance  would  be  reversed, 
resulting in a positive adjustment to earnings in the period such determination is made. In addition, the calculation 
of tax liabilities involves significant judgment in estimating the impact of uncertainties in the application of complex 
tax laws. Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with management's expectations could have a 

85

 
 
                    
                   
                
                    
                   
                
                    
                   
                
 
        
                         
                      
                         
                      
                      
                      
                         
                   
                         
                      
                          
                      
                         
                      
                         
                      
                      
                   
                      
                   
                           
                      
                         
                      
                  
               
                  
               
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

material impact on the Company's results of operations and financial position.  At December 31, 2010, the Company 
had state income tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.1 million which will begin to expire starting in the 
year ending December 31, 2021.  The Company also incurred state net operating loss carryforwards in 2010, 2009 
and  2008  of  approximately  $2.5  million,  $2.0  million  and  $1.9  million,  respectively,  of  which  approximately 
$161,000 will begin to expire starting in the year ending December 31, 2013 and the remainder starting in the year 
ending December 31, 2018. 

The Company believes cost recovery to be an acceptable tax revenue recognition method for companies in the 
bad debt purchasing industry and results in the reduction of current taxable income as, for tax purposes, collections 
on  finance  receivables  are  applied  first  to  principal  to  reduce  the  finance  receivables  to  zero  before  any  taxable 
income is recognized. The temporary difference from the use of cost recovery for income tax purposes resulted in a 
deferred tax liability at December 31, 2010 and 2009.  

A reconciliation of the Company’s expected tax expense at statutory tax rates to actual tax expense for the years 

ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 consists of the following components (amounts in thousands): 

2010

2009

2008

Federal tax at statutory rates
State tax expense, net of federal benefit
Other
Total income tax expense

19.  Commitments and Contingencies: 

Employment Agreements:  

$                  

$               

$              

42,306
4,759
(61)
47,004

25,446
2,706
245
28,397

25,811
2,651
(78)
28,384

$                  

$               

$              

The  Company  has  employment  agreements  with  all  of  its  executive  officers  and  with  several  members  of  its 
senior management group, most of which expire on December 31, 2011.  Such agreements provide for base salary 
payments as well as bonuses which are based on the attainment of specific management goals.  Future compensation 
under  these  agreements  is  approximately  $11.9  million.  The  agreements  also  contain  confidentiality  and  non-
compete provisions. 

Litigation:  

The Company is from time to time subject to routine legal claims and proceedings, most of which are incidental 
to  the  ordinary  course  of  its  business.   The  Company  initiates  lawsuits  against  customers  and  are  occasionally 
countersued by them in such actions.  Also, customers, either individually, as members of a class action, or through 
a governmental entity on behalf of customers, may initiate litigation against the Company, in which they allege that 
the Company has violated a state or federal law in the process of collecting on an account.  From time to time, other 
types  of  lawsuits  are  brought  against  the  Company.   While  it  is  not  expected  that  these  or  any  other  legal 
proceedings  or  claims  in  which  the  Company  is  involved  will,  either  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  have  a 
material adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations, liquidity or  financial condition, it is possible that, 
due to unexpected future developments, an unfavorable resolution of a legal proceeding or claim could occur which 
may be material to the Company’s results of operations for a particular period.  The matter described below falls 
outside of the normal parameters of the Company’s routine legal proceedings. 

The Attorney General for the State of Missouri filed a purported enforcement action against PRA in 2009 that 
seeks  relief  for  Missouri  customers  that  have  allegedly  been  injured  as  a  result  of  certain  collection  practices  of 
PRA.   PRA  has  vehemently  denied  any  wrongdoing  herein  and  in  2010,  the  complaint  was  dismissed  with 
prejudice.  The matter is currently on appeal, and so it is not possible at this time to estimate the possible loss, if 
any. 

Forward Flow Agreements: 

The  Company  is  party  to  several  forward  flow  agreements  that  allow  for  the  purchase  of  defaulted  consumer 
receivables  at  pre-established  prices.    The  maximum  remaining  amount  to  be  purchased  under  forward  flow 
agreements at December 31, 2010 is approximately $234.4 million. 

86

 
 
 
 
                      
                   
                  
                          
                      
                      
 
 
 
Item  9.  Changes  in  and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and  Financial 
Disclosure. 
None. 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.  We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed 
in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in 
the  SEC's  rules  and  forms,  and  that  such  information  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management, 
including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate,  to  allow  timely  decisions 
regarding  required  disclosure.    In  designing  and  evaluating  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  management 
recognized  that  any  controls  and  procedures,  no  matter  how  well  designed  and  operated,  can  provide  only 
reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply 
its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.  Also, projections of any 
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of 
changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.   

We conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer and 
principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period 
covered by this report.  Based on this evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer have 
concluded that, as of December 31, 2010, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.  

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There was no change in our internal control over financial 
reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2010 that has materially affected, or is reasonably 
likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Management's  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.    We  are  responsible  for  establishing  and 
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting.  Internal control over financial reporting is defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's 
principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the company's board of directors, management 
and  other  personnel,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the 
preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles.  Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 
misstatements.   

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and 
principal  financial  officer,  we  carried  out  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  based  on  the  framework  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring  Organizations  (“COSO”)  of  the  Treadway  Commission.    Based  on  its  assessment,  management  has 
determined that, as of December 31, 2010, its internal control over financial reporting was effective based on the 
criteria set forth in the COSO framework.  The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG 
LLP, has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 
31, 2010, which is included herein. 

The  scope  of  management’s  assessment  of  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  did  not  include  our  recently 
acquired subsidiary, CCB, which was excluded from our evaluation.  This business represents less than 5% of total 
assets and total revenues reflected in our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 
31, 2010. 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.: 

We have audited Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting 
as  of  December 31,  2010,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
(COSO).  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining 
effective internal  control over financial  reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of 
internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on 
Internal Control over Financial Reporting (Item 9A). Our responsibility is to express an opinion 
on  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our 
audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was 
maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal 
control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and  testing 
and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed 
risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the 
circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide 
reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of 
financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and 
procedures  that  (1) pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately 
and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (2) provide 
reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of 
financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that 
receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations 
of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or 
detect  misstatements.  Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are 
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that 
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in 
Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations 
of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  acquired  a  controlling  interest  in  Claims  Compensation 
Bureau,  LLC  (CCB)  during  2010,  and  management  excluded  from  its  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as 
of December 31, 2010, CCB’s internal control over financial reporting associated with less than 
5%  of  the  total  assets  and  total  revenues  reflected  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries as of and for the year ended December 31, 
2010.  Our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates, 
Inc. also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of CCB. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight  Board  (United  States),  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Portfolio  Recovery 
Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated 
income  statements,  and  statements  of  changes  in  stockholders’  equity  and  comprehensive 
income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, 
and our report dated February 25, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated 
financial statements. 

Norfolk, Virginia 
February 25, 2011 

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9B. Other Information. 
None. 

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. 

The information required by Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to the sections labeled “Section 16(a) 
Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance,” 
  “Board  of  Directors,”  “Executive  Officers,”  “Corporate 
Governance,”    “Committees  of  the  Board”  and  “Audit  Committee  Report”  in  the  Company’s  definitive  Proxy 
Statement in connection with the Company’s 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation. 

The  information  required  by  Item  11  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  (a)  the  section  labeled 
“Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis”  in  the  Company’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  in  connection  with  the 
Company’s 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and (b) the section labeled “Compensation Committee Report” in 
the  Company’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  in  connection  with  the  Company’s  2011  Annual  Meeting  of 
Stockholders,  which  section  (and  the  report  contained  therein)  shall  be  deemed  to  be  furnished  in  this  report  and 
shall not be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 as a result of such furnishing in this Item 11. 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management And Related              
Stockholder Matters. 

The  information  required  by  Item  12  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  section  labeled  “Security 
Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management”  in  the  Company’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  in 
connection with the Company’s 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. 

The  information  required  by  Item  13  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  sections  labeled  “Review  and 
Approval of Related Party Transactions” and “Director Independence” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement 
in connection with the Company’s 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services. 

The  information  required  by  Item  14  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  section  labeled  “Principal 
Accountant  Fees  and  Services”  in  the  Company’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  in  connection  with  the  Company’s 
2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.  

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules. 

(a)  Financial Statements. 

The following financial statements of the Company are included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm                                                                   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 
Consolidated Income Statements 

for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 

and Comprehensive Income 
for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(b)  Exhibits. 

Page 
 58 
59 

60 

61 

62 
       63-86 

2.1 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

Equity  Exchange  Agreement  between  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  L.L.C.  and  Portfolio 
Recovery Associates, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1). 
Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc. 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1). 
Second Amended and Restated By-Laws of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2009). 
Form of Common Stock Certificate (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registration 
Statement on Form S-1). 
Form  of  Warrant  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 4.2  of  the  Registration  Statement  on 
Form S-1). 
Employment Agreement, dated November 14, 2008, by and between Steven D. Fredrickson and 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K 
dated November 20, 2008). 
Employment  Agreement,  dated  November  14,  2008,  by  and  between  Kevin  P.  Stevenson  and 
Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  of  the  Form  8-K 
dated November 20, 2008). 
Employment Agreement, dated November 14, 2008, by and between Craig A. Grube and Portfolio 
Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  of  the  Form  8-K  dated 
November 20, 2008). 
Employment Agreement, dated November 14, 2008, by and between Judith S. Scott and Portfolio 
Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  of  the  Form  8-K  dated 
November 20, 2008). 
Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement,  dated  December  31,  2008,  by  and  between  Steven  D. 
Fredrickson and Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of 
the Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2009). 
Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement,  dated  December  31,  2008,  by  and  between  Kevin  P. 
Stevenson and Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of 
the Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2009). 
Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement,  dated  December  30,  2008,  by  and  between  Craig  A. 
Grube and Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the 
Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2009). 

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.8 

10.9 

Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement,  dated  December  31,  2008,  by  and  between  Judith  S. 
Scott and Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the 
Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2009). 
Portfolio Recovery Associates 2010 Stock Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the 
Form 8-K filed June 9, 2010). 

10.10  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.,  Annual  Bonus  Plan  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 

10.10 of the Form 8-K filed June 9, 2010). 

10.11  Credit Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2010, by and among Portfolio Recovery Associates, 
Inc.,  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  LLC,  PRA  Holding  I,  LLC,  PRA  Location  Services,  LLC, 
PRA  Government  Services,  LLC,  PRA  Receivables  Management,  LLC,  PRA  Holding  II,  LLC, 
PRA  Holding  III,  LLC,  MuniServices,  LLC,  Bank  of  America,  N.A.,  as  administrative  agent, 
Wells  Fargo  Bank,  N.A.,  as  syndication  agent,  SunTrust  Bank,  as  documentation  agent,  Merrill 
Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner  &  Smith  Incorporated  and  Wells  Fargo  Securities,  LLC,  as  joint  lead 
arrangers  and  joint  book  managers,  and  the  lenders  party  thereto  (Incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K filed December 22, 2010). 

21.1       Subsidiaries of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.  
23.1 
24.1 
31.1 
31.2 
32.1        Section 906 Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 

Consent of KPMG LLP 
Powers of Attorney (included on signature page). 
Section 302 Certifications of Chief Executive Officer  
Section 302 Certifications of Chief Financial Officer 

92

 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Dated:  February 25, 2011 

Dated:  February 25, 2011 

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
(Registrant) 

By:/s/ Steven D. Fredrickson 
Steven D. Fredrickson 
President, Chief Executive Officer  
and Chairman of the Board 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

By:/s/ Kevin P. Stevenson  
Kevin P. Stevenson 
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer,   
Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  of  the  undersigned  whose  signature  appears  below 
constitutes and appoints Steven D. Fredrickson and Kevin P. Stevenson, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with 
full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and on his behalf, and in his name, place and stead, in any and 
all capacities to execute and sign any and all amendments or post-effective amendments to this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact or any of them 
or  their  or  his  substitute  or  substitutes,  may  lawfully  do  or  cause  to  be  done  by  virtue  hereof  and  the  registrant 
hereby confers like authority on its behalf.  

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Dated: February 25, 2011 

Dated: February 25, 2011 

Dated: February 25, 2011 

Dated: February 25, 2011 

Dated: February 25, 2011 

By:/s/ Steven D. Fredrickson 
Steven D. Fredrickson 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

By:/s/ Kevin P. Stevenson  
Kevin P. Stevenson 
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer,   
Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

By:/s/ John H. Fain     
John H. Fain 
Director 

By:/s/ John E. Fuller    
John E. Fuller 
Director 

By:/s/ Penelope W. Kyle 
Penelope W. Kyle 
Director 

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dated: February 25, 2011 

Dated: February 25, 2011 

Dated: February 25, 2011 

By:/s/ David N. Roberts 
David N. Roberts 
Director 

By:/s/ Scott M. Tabakin 
Scott M. Tabakin 
Director 

 By:/s/ James M. Voss 
 James M. Voss 
 Director 

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 21.1  

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant and Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization  
Portfolio Recovery Associates, LLC – Delaware 
PRA Holding I, LLC – Virginia  
PRA Holding II, LLC – Virginia  
PRA Holding III, LLC – Virginia (Doing business as PRA Café) 
PRA Receivables Management, LLC – Virginia  
PRA Location Services, LLC – Delaware (Doing business as IGS) 
PRA Government Services, LLC – Delaware (Doing business as RDS) 
MuniServices, LLC – Delaware (Doing business as PRA Government Services) 
Claims Compensation Bureau, LLC – Delaware (The Registrant owns 62% of this subsidiary) 

95

 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 23.1 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors  
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.: 

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  registration  statements  (No. 333-110330  and 
No. 333-110331) on Form S-8 and the registration statement (No. 333-162224) on Form S-3 of Portfolio 
Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  of  our  reports  dated  February 25,  2011,  with  respect  to  the  consolidated 
balance sheets of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 
2010  and  2009,  and  the  related  consolidated  income  statements,  and  statements  of  changes  in 
stockholders’  equity  and  comprehensive  income,  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the three-year 
period ended December 31, 2010, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31,  2010,  which  reports  appear  in  the  December 31,  2010  annual  report  on  Form 10-K  of 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 

Our report dated February 25, 2011, on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2010, contains an explanatory paragraph that states that Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
acquired  a  controlling  interest  in  Claims  Compensation  Bureau,  LLC  (CCB)  during  2010,  and 
management  excluded  from  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.’s 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, CCB’s internal control over financial 
reporting associated with less than 5% of the total assets and total revenues reflected in the consolidated 
financial  statements  of  the  Company  as  of  and  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2010.  Our  audit  of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  also  excluded  an 
evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of CCB.  

Norfolk, Virginia 
February 25, 2011

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1 

I, Steven D. Fredrickson, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as 
of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed  such  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  controls  over  financial 
reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  the  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred 
during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control 
over financial reporting; and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  controls  over 
financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process, 
summarize and report financial information; and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 

in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  February 25, 2011   

 By: /s/ Steven D. Fredrickson 
Steven D. Fredrickson 
Chief Executive Officer, President and 
Chairman of the Board of Directors 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2 

I, Kevin P. Stevenson, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  such  statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, 
and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed  such  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  controls  over  financial 
reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  the  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred 
during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control 
over financial reporting; and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  controls  over 
financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process, 
summarize and report financial information; and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 

in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  February 25, 2011   

By: /s/ Kevin P. Stevenson  
Kevin P. Stevenson 
Chief  Financial  and  Administrative 
Officer,  Executive  Vice  President, 
Treasurer and Assistant Secretary 
(Principal  Financial  and  Accounting 
Officer) 

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32.1  

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO  
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the Annual Report of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the 
fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the 
"Report"), I, Steven D. Fredrickson, Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board of the Company, 
certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 
that: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934; and 

(2)  The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and 
results of operations of the Company. 

Date:  February 25, 2011   

By: /s/ Steven D. Fredrickson 
Steven D. Fredrickson 
Chief Executive Officer, President and  
Chairman of the Board of Directors 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO  
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the Annual Report of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the 
fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the 
"Report"), I, Kevin P. Stevenson, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer, Executive Vice President, Treasurer 
and Assistant Secretary of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934; and 

(2)  The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and 
results of operations of the Company. 

Date:  February 25, 2011   

By: /s/ Kevin P. Stevenson  
Kevin P. Stevenson 
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer,  
Executive  Vice  President,  Treasurer  and 
Assistant Secretary 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C o r p o r a t e   I n f o r m a t I o n

Stock Exchange Listing
Portfolio Recovery Associates’ common stock 
trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under 
the symbol “PRAA.” Price information for the 
common stock appears daily in major newspapers.

Financial Publications/ 
Investor Inquiries
Shareholders may acquire copies of the 2010 
Annual Report or Form 10-K, and other filed  
documents by visiting the Company’s website at 
www.portfoliorecovery.com or by writing to us at:

Transfer Agent and Registrar
Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company
17 Battery Place, 8th Floor
New York, New York 10004
Tel.: 212-509-4000
Fax: 212-509-5150

Auditors
KPMG LLP 
Norfolk, Virginia

Legal Counsel
Dechert, LLP 
New York, New York

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Attn.: Investor Relations
120 Corporate Blvd., Suite 100
Norfolk, Virginia 23502 

Price Range of Common Stock
The following table sets forth the high and low sales 
price for the Company’s common stock for the year 
ended December 31, 2010.

2010 

High 

Low

$78.00 

$41.50

As of February 3, 2011, there were 26 holders of 
record of the common stock. Based on information 
provided by our transfer agent and registrar, we 
believe that there are 21,943 beneficial owners of 
the common stock.

O p e r a t i n g   p r i n c i p l e s
F O R   T H E   M A N A G E M E N T   O F 
P O R T F O L I O   R E C O V E R Y   A S S O C I A T E S

While the economy steadied in 2010 after more than two years of  

volatility, the business world continued to experience the residual 

effects of the downturn. Pra, however, achieved breakthrough results  

due to its sustainable business model and its reliance on well-established 

operating Principles. these ideals have guided our actions through 
good and bad economic times. as we have done in each of our annual 

reports since going public in 2002, we present our operating Principles 

for your reference.

Disclose.
Be honest and open with shareholders.  
Let them know what is going on.

Invest carefully.
Build a diverse portfolio. Never bet the ranch. 
Make sure each investment, be it a portfolio  
or a business, has been reviewed, judged 
objectively, and priced to achieve appropriate 
profit hurdles.

Keep the business simple.
Operate fewer, larger call centers.

Keep costs low and productivity high.
Develop and retain great employees. Keep 
support staff as small as possible, while  
providing excellent service to the collection 
operation.

Maintain a conservative capital structure.
Allow room for error. Keep debt levels low. 
When borrowing is required because of oppor-
tunity, use low-cost, non-participating debt.

Build an integrated business.
Portfolio buying and collections must be under 
the same roof.

Employ steady, controlled growth.
We operate process- and people-intensive  
businesses. Experienced employees are  
sig nificantly more productive than newer 
employees. Growing too quickly puts too 
many less productive, lower margin people  
into the workforce mix, driving down  
productivity, margin and net income.

Management should be owners,  
not hired guns.
We act like owners because we are. Our 
senior managers have a significant portion of 
their net worth invested in the Company. We 
expect our senior managers to retain sub-
stantial stock ownership positions—common 
stock, not just options—throughout their terms 
of employment.

Develop and support employees.
Provide and support ongoing employee skill 
development to help create ever-increasing 
levels of individual potential with high levels  
of performance for continuing personal and 
Company growth.

PRA employees were used for photographs throughout the Annual Report.

Annual Report Design by Curran & Connors, Inc. / www.curran-connors.com

 
C o R P o R A t e   G o v e R n A n C e

M A N A g e M e N t

Steve Fredrickson
Chairman, President and  
Chief executive officer

Craig Grube
executive Vice President,  
Portfolio Acquisitions

Neal Stern
Senior Vice President, 
Chief operations officer—owned Portfolios

Kevin Stevenson
executive Vice President,  
Chief financial and Administrative officer, 
treasurer and Assistant Secretary

Judith Scott
executive Vice President,  
general Counsel and Secretary

Mike Petit
President, Bankruptcy Services

Kent McCammon
President, Revenue enhancement Services 
and Business Development

B o A R D   o f   D i R e C t o R S

James Voss
Director

Steve Fredrickson 
Chairman of the Board

Penelope Kyle
Director

John Fain
Director

Scott Tabakin
Director

John Fuller
Director

David Roberts
Lead Director

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Riverside Commerce Center
120 Corporate Blvd., Suite 100
Norfolk, Virginia 23502